]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. | |
2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 | |
3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
4 | ||
5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. | |
6 | ||
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or | |
10 | (at your option) any later version. | |
11 | ||
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
20 | ||
21 | /* | |
22 | ||
23 | SECTION | |
24 | ELF backends | |
25 | ||
26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. | |
27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 | |
28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). | |
29 | ||
30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs | |
31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we | |
32 | haven't bothered yet. | |
33 | */ | |
34 | ||
35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ | |
36 | #define _SYSCALL32 | |
37 | #include "bfd.h" | |
38 | #include "sysdep.h" | |
39 | #include "bfdlink.h" | |
40 | #include "libbfd.h" | |
41 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0 | |
42 | #include "elf-bfd.h" | |
43 | #include "libiberty.h" | |
44 | ||
45 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping | |
46 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, boolean)); | |
47 | static boolean map_sections_to_segments PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
48 | static int elf_sort_sections PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR)); | |
49 | static boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
50 | static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
51 | static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
52 | static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int)); | |
53 | static boolean copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *)); | |
54 | static char *elf_read PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type)); | |
55 | static boolean setup_group PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, asection *)); | |
56 | static void merge_sections_remove_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *)); | |
57 | static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); | |
58 | static void set_group_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); | |
59 | static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
60 | static INLINE int sym_is_global PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *)); | |
61 | static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
62 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
63 | static boolean elfcore_read_notes PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type)); | |
64 | static boolean elf_find_function PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, | |
65 | bfd_vma, const char **, | |
66 | const char **)); | |
67 | static int elfcore_make_pid PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
68 | static boolean elfcore_maybe_make_sect PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, asection *)); | |
69 | static boolean elfcore_make_note_pseudosection PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, | |
70 | Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
71 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prfpreg PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
72 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prxfpreg PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
73 | static boolean elfcore_grok_note PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
74 | ||
75 | static boolean elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Note *, int *)); | |
76 | static boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo PARAMS ((bfd *, | |
77 | Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
78 | static boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_note PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
79 | ||
80 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is | |
81 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will | |
82 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ | |
83 | ||
84 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ | |
85 | ||
86 | void | |
87 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
88 | bfd *abfd; | |
89 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src; | |
90 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst; | |
91 | { | |
92 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); | |
93 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); | |
94 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); | |
95 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); | |
96 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); | |
97 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); | |
98 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); | |
99 | } | |
100 | ||
101 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ | |
102 | ||
103 | void | |
104 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
105 | bfd *abfd; | |
106 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src; | |
107 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst; | |
108 | { | |
109 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); | |
110 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); | |
111 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); | |
112 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); | |
113 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); | |
114 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); | |
115 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); | |
116 | } | |
117 | ||
118 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ | |
119 | ||
120 | void | |
121 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
122 | bfd *abfd; | |
123 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src; | |
124 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst; | |
125 | { | |
126 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); | |
127 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); | |
128 | } | |
129 | ||
130 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ | |
131 | ||
132 | void | |
133 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
134 | bfd *abfd; | |
135 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src; | |
136 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst; | |
137 | { | |
138 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); | |
139 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); | |
140 | } | |
141 | ||
142 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ | |
143 | ||
144 | void | |
145 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
146 | bfd *abfd; | |
147 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src; | |
148 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst; | |
149 | { | |
150 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); | |
151 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); | |
152 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); | |
153 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); | |
154 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); | |
155 | } | |
156 | ||
157 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ | |
158 | ||
159 | void | |
160 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
161 | bfd *abfd; | |
162 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src; | |
163 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst; | |
164 | { | |
165 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); | |
166 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); | |
167 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); | |
168 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); | |
169 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); | |
170 | } | |
171 | ||
172 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ | |
173 | ||
174 | void | |
175 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
176 | bfd *abfd; | |
177 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src; | |
178 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst; | |
179 | { | |
180 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); | |
181 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); | |
182 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); | |
183 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); | |
184 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); | |
185 | } | |
186 | ||
187 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ | |
188 | ||
189 | void | |
190 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
191 | bfd *abfd; | |
192 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src; | |
193 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst; | |
194 | { | |
195 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); | |
196 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); | |
197 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); | |
198 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); | |
199 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); | |
200 | } | |
201 | ||
202 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ | |
203 | ||
204 | void | |
205 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
206 | bfd *abfd; | |
207 | const Elf_External_Versym *src; | |
208 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst; | |
209 | { | |
210 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); | |
211 | } | |
212 | ||
213 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ | |
214 | ||
215 | void | |
216 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
217 | bfd *abfd; | |
218 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src; | |
219 | Elf_External_Versym *dst; | |
220 | { | |
221 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); | |
222 | } | |
223 | ||
224 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will | |
225 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ | |
226 | ||
227 | unsigned long | |
228 | bfd_elf_hash (namearg) | |
229 | const char *namearg; | |
230 | { | |
231 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; | |
232 | unsigned long h = 0; | |
233 | unsigned long g; | |
234 | int ch; | |
235 | ||
236 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') | |
237 | { | |
238 | h = (h << 4) + ch; | |
239 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) | |
240 | { | |
241 | h ^= g >> 24; | |
242 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in | |
243 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ | |
244 | h ^= g; | |
245 | } | |
246 | } | |
247 | return h; | |
248 | } | |
249 | ||
250 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF | |
251 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the | |
252 | buffer. */ | |
253 | ||
254 | static char * | |
255 | elf_read (abfd, offset, size) | |
256 | bfd *abfd; | |
257 | file_ptr offset; | |
258 | bfd_size_type size; | |
259 | { | |
260 | char *buf; | |
261 | ||
262 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL) | |
263 | return NULL; | |
264 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
265 | return NULL; | |
266 | if (bfd_bread ((PTR) buf, size, abfd) != size) | |
267 | { | |
268 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) | |
269 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
270 | return NULL; | |
271 | } | |
272 | return buf; | |
273 | } | |
274 | ||
275 | boolean | |
276 | bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd) | |
277 | bfd *abfd; | |
278 | { | |
279 | /* This just does initialization. */ | |
280 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */ | |
281 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata); | |
282 | elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
283 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0) | |
284 | return false; | |
285 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any | |
286 | initialization? */ | |
287 | ||
288 | return true; | |
289 | } | |
290 | ||
291 | boolean | |
292 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (abfd) | |
293 | bfd *abfd; | |
294 | { | |
295 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ | |
296 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd); | |
297 | } | |
298 | ||
299 | char * | |
300 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) | |
301 | bfd *abfd; | |
302 | unsigned int shindex; | |
303 | { | |
304 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
305 | char *shstrtab = NULL; | |
306 | file_ptr offset; | |
307 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; | |
308 | ||
309 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
310 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) | |
311 | return 0; | |
312 | ||
313 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; | |
314 | if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
315 | { | |
316 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ | |
317 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; | |
318 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; | |
319 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize); | |
320 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab; | |
321 | } | |
322 | return shstrtab; | |
323 | } | |
324 | ||
325 | char * | |
326 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex) | |
327 | bfd *abfd; | |
328 | unsigned int shindex; | |
329 | unsigned int strindex; | |
330 | { | |
331 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
332 | ||
333 | if (strindex == 0) | |
334 | return ""; | |
335 | ||
336 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
337 | ||
338 | if (hdr->contents == NULL | |
339 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) | |
340 | return NULL; | |
341 | ||
342 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) | |
343 | { | |
344 | (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
345 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), | |
346 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, | |
347 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx | |
348 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name) | |
349 | ? ".shstrtab" | |
350 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name))); | |
351 | return ""; | |
352 | } | |
353 | ||
354 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; | |
355 | } | |
356 | ||
357 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP | |
358 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section | |
359 | pointers. */ | |
360 | ||
361 | typedef union elf_internal_group { | |
362 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; | |
363 | unsigned int flags; | |
364 | } Elf_Internal_Group; | |
365 | ||
366 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ | |
367 | ||
368 | static boolean | |
369 | setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect) | |
370 | bfd *abfd; | |
371 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
372 | asection *newsect; | |
373 | { | |
374 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; | |
375 | ||
376 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count | |
377 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ | |
378 | if (num_group == 0) | |
379 | { | |
380 | unsigned int i, shnum; | |
381 | ||
382 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP | |
383 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ | |
384 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
385 | num_group = 0; | |
386 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
387 | { | |
388 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
389 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8) | |
390 | num_group += 1; | |
391 | } | |
392 | ||
393 | if (num_group == 0) | |
394 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; | |
395 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; | |
396 | ||
397 | if (num_group > 0) | |
398 | { | |
399 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, | |
400 | so we can find them quickly. */ | |
401 | bfd_size_type amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); | |
402 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
403 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) | |
404 | return false; | |
405 | ||
406 | num_group = 0; | |
407 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
408 | { | |
409 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
410 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8) | |
411 | { | |
412 | unsigned char *src; | |
413 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; | |
414 | ||
415 | /* Add to list of sections. */ | |
416 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; | |
417 | num_group += 1; | |
418 | ||
419 | /* Read the raw contents. */ | |
420 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); | |
421 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; | |
422 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
423 | if (shdr->contents == NULL | |
424 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
425 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) | |
426 | != shdr->sh_size)) | |
427 | return false; | |
428 | ||
429 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an | |
430 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, | |
431 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section | |
432 | pointers. */ | |
433 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; | |
434 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); | |
435 | while (1) | |
436 | { | |
437 | unsigned int idx; | |
438 | ||
439 | src -= 4; | |
440 | --dest; | |
441 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); | |
442 | if (src == shdr->contents) | |
443 | { | |
444 | dest->flags = idx; | |
445 | break; | |
446 | } | |
447 | if (idx >= shnum) | |
448 | { | |
449 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
450 | (_("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), | |
451 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd))); | |
452 | idx = 0; | |
453 | } | |
454 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; | |
455 | } | |
456 | } | |
457 | } | |
458 | } | |
459 | } | |
460 | ||
461 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) | |
462 | { | |
463 | unsigned int i; | |
464 | ||
465 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) | |
466 | { | |
467 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; | |
468 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
469 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
470 | ||
471 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current | |
472 | section is a member. */ | |
473 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
474 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) | |
475 | { | |
476 | asection *s = NULL; | |
477 | ||
478 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through | |
479 | other members to see if any others are linked via | |
480 | next_in_group. */ | |
481 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
482 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
483 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
484 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL | |
485 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) | |
486 | break; | |
487 | if (n_elt != 0) | |
488 | { | |
489 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and | |
490 | insert current section in circular list. */ | |
491 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); | |
492 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); | |
493 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; | |
494 | } | |
495 | else | |
496 | { | |
497 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
498 | file_ptr pos; | |
499 | unsigned char ename[4]; | |
500 | unsigned long iname; | |
501 | const char *gname; | |
502 | ||
503 | /* Humbug. Get the name from the group signature | |
504 | symbol. Why isn't the signature just a string? | |
505 | Fortunately, the name index is at the same | |
506 | place in the external symbol for both 32 and 64 | |
507 | bit ELF. */ | |
508 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
509 | pos = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_offset; | |
510 | pos += shdr->sh_info * bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
511 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
512 | || bfd_bread (ename, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4) | |
513 | return false; | |
514 | iname = H_GET_32 (abfd, ename); | |
515 | gname = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, iname); | |
516 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; | |
517 | ||
518 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ | |
519 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; | |
520 | } | |
521 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
522 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; | |
523 | i = num_group - 1; | |
524 | break; | |
525 | } | |
526 | } | |
527 | } | |
528 | ||
529 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) | |
530 | { | |
531 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: no group info for section %s"), | |
532 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), newsect->name); | |
533 | } | |
534 | return true; | |
535 | } | |
536 | ||
537 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the | |
538 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ | |
539 | ||
540 | boolean | |
541 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name) | |
542 | bfd *abfd; | |
543 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
544 | const char *name; | |
545 | { | |
546 | asection *newsect; | |
547 | flagword flags; | |
548 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
549 | ||
550 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
551 | { | |
552 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name, | |
553 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0); | |
554 | return true; | |
555 | } | |
556 | ||
557 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); | |
558 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
559 | return false; | |
560 | ||
561 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
562 | ||
563 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) | |
564 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) | |
565 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, | |
566 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign))) | |
567 | return false; | |
568 | ||
569 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; | |
570 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
571 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
572 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) | |
573 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; | |
574 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
575 | { | |
576 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
577 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
578 | flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
579 | } | |
580 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) | |
581 | flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
582 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) | |
583 | flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
584 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
585 | flags |= SEC_DATA; | |
586 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) | |
587 | { | |
588 | flags |= SEC_MERGE; | |
589 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; | |
590 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) | |
591 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS; | |
592 | } | |
593 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) | |
594 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) | |
595 | return false; | |
596 | ||
597 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not | |
598 | any sort of flag. */ | |
599 | { | |
600 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] = | |
601 | { | |
602 | ".debug", | |
603 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", | |
604 | ".line", | |
605 | ".stab" | |
606 | }; | |
607 | int i; | |
608 | ||
609 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sec_names); i--;) | |
610 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0) | |
611 | break; | |
612 | ||
613 | if (i >= 0) | |
614 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; | |
615 | } | |
616 | ||
617 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we | |
618 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support | |
619 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. | |
620 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions | |
621 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard | |
622 | all but one of the sections. */ | |
623 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0) | |
624 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; | |
625 | ||
626 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
627 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) | |
628 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) | |
629 | return false; | |
630 | ||
631 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) | |
632 | return false; | |
633 | ||
634 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
635 | { | |
636 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; | |
637 | unsigned int i; | |
638 | ||
639 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma. | |
640 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since | |
641 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */ | |
642 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
643 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
644 | { | |
645 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) | |
646 | break; | |
647 | } | |
648 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum) | |
649 | { | |
650 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
651 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
652 | { | |
653 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file | |
654 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory | |
655 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the | |
656 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. | |
657 | If the p_paddr field is not set, we don't alter the | |
658 | LMA. */ | |
659 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
660 | && phdr->p_paddr | |
661 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset | |
662 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size | |
663 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) | |
664 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 | |
665 | || (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz | |
666 | >= hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size))) | |
667 | { | |
668 | /* We used to do a relative adjustment here, but | |
669 | that doesn't work if the segment is packed with | |
670 | code from multiple VMAs. Instead we calculate | |
671 | the LMA absoultely, based on the LMA of the | |
672 | segment (it is assumed that the segment will | |
673 | contain sections with contiguous LMAs, even if | |
674 | the VMAs are not). */ | |
675 | newsect->lma = phdr->p_paddr | |
676 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset; | |
677 | break; | |
678 | } | |
679 | } | |
680 | } | |
681 | } | |
682 | ||
683 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; | |
684 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; | |
685 | ||
686 | return true; | |
687 | } | |
688 | ||
689 | /* | |
690 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION | |
691 | bfd_elf_find_section | |
692 | ||
693 | SYNOPSIS | |
694 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); | |
695 | ||
696 | DESCRIPTION | |
697 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. | |
698 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an | |
699 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, | |
700 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary | |
701 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. | |
702 | */ | |
703 | ||
704 | struct elf_internal_shdr * | |
705 | bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name) | |
706 | bfd *abfd; | |
707 | char *name; | |
708 | { | |
709 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
710 | char *shstrtab; | |
711 | unsigned int max; | |
712 | unsigned int i; | |
713 | ||
714 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
715 | if (i_shdrp != NULL) | |
716 | { | |
717 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, | |
718 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); | |
719 | if (shstrtab != NULL) | |
720 | { | |
721 | max = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
722 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++) | |
723 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) | |
724 | return i_shdrp[i]; | |
725 | } | |
726 | } | |
727 | return 0; | |
728 | } | |
729 | ||
730 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { | |
731 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", | |
732 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", | |
733 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", | |
734 | }; | |
735 | ||
736 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable | |
737 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing | |
738 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also | |
739 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to | |
740 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will | |
741 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code | |
742 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto | |
743 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing | |
744 | relocateable output against an external symbol. */ | |
745 | ||
746 | bfd_reloc_status_type | |
747 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, | |
748 | reloc_entry, | |
749 | symbol, | |
750 | data, | |
751 | input_section, | |
752 | output_bfd, | |
753 | error_message) | |
754 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
755 | arelent *reloc_entry; | |
756 | asymbol *symbol; | |
757 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
758 | asection *input_section; | |
759 | bfd *output_bfd; | |
760 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
761 | { | |
762 | if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL | |
763 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
764 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace | |
765 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) | |
766 | { | |
767 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | |
768 | return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
769 | } | |
770 | ||
771 | return bfd_reloc_continue; | |
772 | } | |
773 | \f | |
774 | /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */ | |
775 | ||
776 | static void | |
777 | merge_sections_remove_hook (abfd, sec) | |
778 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
779 | asection *sec; | |
780 | { | |
781 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data; | |
782 | ||
783 | sec_data = elf_section_data (sec); | |
784 | BFD_ASSERT (sec_data->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE); | |
785 | sec_data->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE; | |
786 | } | |
787 | ||
788 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */ | |
789 | ||
790 | boolean | |
791 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (abfd, info) | |
792 | bfd *abfd; | |
793 | struct bfd_link_info *info; | |
794 | { | |
795 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info)) | |
796 | return false; | |
797 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info) | |
798 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info, | |
799 | merge_sections_remove_hook); | |
800 | return true; | |
801 | } | |
802 | \f | |
803 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to | |
804 | another. */ | |
805 | ||
806 | boolean | |
807 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd) | |
808 | bfd *ibfd; | |
809 | bfd *obfd; | |
810 | { | |
811 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
812 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
813 | return true; | |
814 | ||
815 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd) | |
816 | || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags | |
817 | == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)); | |
818 | ||
819 | elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); | |
820 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; | |
821 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = true; | |
822 | return true; | |
823 | } | |
824 | ||
825 | /* Print out the program headers. */ | |
826 | ||
827 | boolean | |
828 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg) | |
829 | bfd *abfd; | |
830 | PTR farg; | |
831 | { | |
832 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; | |
833 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
834 | asection *s; | |
835 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; | |
836 | ||
837 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
838 | if (p != NULL) | |
839 | { | |
840 | unsigned int i, c; | |
841 | ||
842 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); | |
843 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
844 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) | |
845 | { | |
846 | const char *pt; | |
847 | char buf[20]; | |
848 | ||
849 | switch (p->p_type) | |
850 | { | |
851 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; | |
852 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; | |
853 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; | |
854 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; | |
855 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; | |
856 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; | |
857 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; | |
858 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; | |
859 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break; | |
860 | } | |
861 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); | |
862 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); | |
863 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); | |
864 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); | |
865 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); | |
866 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); | |
867 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); | |
868 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); | |
869 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); | |
870 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); | |
871 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); | |
872 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", | |
873 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', | |
874 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', | |
875 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); | |
876 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) | |
877 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); | |
878 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
879 | } | |
880 | } | |
881 | ||
882 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
883 | if (s != NULL) | |
884 | { | |
885 | int elfsec; | |
886 | unsigned long shlink; | |
887 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; | |
888 | size_t extdynsize; | |
889 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *)); | |
890 | ||
891 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); | |
892 | ||
893 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); | |
894 | if (dynbuf == NULL) | |
895 | goto error_return; | |
896 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0, | |
897 | s->_raw_size)) | |
898 | goto error_return; | |
899 | ||
900 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); | |
901 | if (elfsec == -1) | |
902 | goto error_return; | |
903 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; | |
904 | ||
905 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
906 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; | |
907 | ||
908 | extdyn = dynbuf; | |
909 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; | |
910 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) | |
911 | { | |
912 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | |
913 | const char *name; | |
914 | char ab[20]; | |
915 | boolean stringp; | |
916 | ||
917 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn); | |
918 | ||
919 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) | |
920 | break; | |
921 | ||
922 | stringp = false; | |
923 | switch (dyn.d_tag) | |
924 | { | |
925 | default: | |
926 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); | |
927 | name = ab; | |
928 | break; | |
929 | ||
930 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = true; break; | |
931 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; | |
932 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; | |
933 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; | |
934 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; | |
935 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; | |
936 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; | |
937 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; | |
938 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; | |
939 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; | |
940 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; | |
941 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; | |
942 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; | |
943 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = true; break; | |
944 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = true; break; | |
945 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; | |
946 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; | |
947 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; | |
948 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; | |
949 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; | |
950 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; | |
951 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; | |
952 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; | |
953 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; | |
954 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
955 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; | |
956 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
957 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
958 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = true; break; | |
959 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; | |
960 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
961 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
962 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; | |
963 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; | |
964 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; | |
965 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; | |
966 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; | |
967 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; | |
968 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; | |
969 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; | |
970 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = true; break; | |
971 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = true; break; | |
972 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = true; break; | |
973 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; | |
974 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; | |
975 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; | |
976 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; | |
977 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; | |
978 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; | |
979 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; | |
980 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; | |
981 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; | |
982 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; | |
983 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; | |
984 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = true; break; | |
985 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; | |
986 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = true; break; | |
987 | } | |
988 | ||
989 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name); | |
990 | if (! stringp) | |
991 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val); | |
992 | else | |
993 | { | |
994 | const char *string; | |
995 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; | |
996 | ||
997 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); | |
998 | if (string == NULL) | |
999 | goto error_return; | |
1000 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
1003 | } | |
1004 | ||
1005 | free (dynbuf); | |
1006 | dynbuf = NULL; | |
1007 | } | |
1008 | ||
1009 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
1010 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) | |
1011 | { | |
1012 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)) | |
1013 | return false; | |
1014 | } | |
1015 | ||
1016 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
1017 | { | |
1018 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; | |
1019 | ||
1020 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); | |
1021 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) | |
1022 | { | |
1023 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, | |
1024 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename); | |
1025 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) | |
1026 | { | |
1027 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; | |
1028 | ||
1029 | fprintf (f, "\t"); | |
1030 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; | |
1031 | a != NULL; | |
1032 | a = a->vda_nextptr) | |
1033 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename); | |
1034 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
1035 | } | |
1036 | } | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | ||
1039 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
1040 | { | |
1041 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
1042 | ||
1043 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); | |
1044 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) | |
1045 | { | |
1046 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
1047 | ||
1048 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename); | |
1049 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
1050 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, | |
1051 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename); | |
1052 | } | |
1053 | } | |
1054 | ||
1055 | return true; | |
1056 | ||
1057 | error_return: | |
1058 | if (dynbuf != NULL) | |
1059 | free (dynbuf); | |
1060 | return false; | |
1061 | } | |
1062 | ||
1063 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ | |
1064 | ||
1065 | void | |
1066 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how) | |
1067 | bfd *abfd; | |
1068 | PTR filep; | |
1069 | asymbol *symbol; | |
1070 | bfd_print_symbol_type how; | |
1071 | { | |
1072 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; | |
1073 | switch (how) | |
1074 | { | |
1075 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: | |
1076 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); | |
1077 | break; | |
1078 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: | |
1079 | fprintf (file, "elf "); | |
1080 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); | |
1081 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); | |
1082 | break; | |
1083 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: | |
1084 | { | |
1085 | const char *section_name; | |
1086 | const char *name = NULL; | |
1087 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
1088 | unsigned char st_other; | |
1089 | bfd_vma val; | |
1090 | ||
1091 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; | |
1092 | ||
1093 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1094 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) | |
1095 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); | |
1096 | ||
1097 | if (name == NULL) | |
1098 | { | |
1099 | name = symbol->name; | |
1100 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, (PTR) file, symbol); | |
1101 | } | |
1102 | ||
1103 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); | |
1104 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, | |
1105 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. | |
1106 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and | |
1107 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ | |
1108 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) | |
1109 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
1110 | else | |
1111 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; | |
1112 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); | |
1113 | ||
1114 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ | |
1115 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 | |
1116 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 | |
1117 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) | |
1118 | { | |
1119 | unsigned int vernum; | |
1120 | const char *version_string; | |
1121 | ||
1122 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; | |
1123 | ||
1124 | if (vernum == 0) | |
1125 | version_string = ""; | |
1126 | else if (vernum == 1) | |
1127 | version_string = "Base"; | |
1128 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) | |
1129 | version_string = | |
1130 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; | |
1131 | else | |
1132 | { | |
1133 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
1134 | ||
1135 | version_string = ""; | |
1136 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
1137 | t != NULL; | |
1138 | t = t->vn_nextref) | |
1139 | { | |
1140 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
1141 | ||
1142 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
1143 | { | |
1144 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) | |
1145 | { | |
1146 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; | |
1147 | break; | |
1148 | } | |
1149 | } | |
1150 | } | |
1151 | } | |
1152 | ||
1153 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) | |
1154 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); | |
1155 | else | |
1156 | { | |
1157 | int i; | |
1158 | ||
1159 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); | |
1160 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) | |
1161 | putc (' ', file); | |
1162 | } | |
1163 | } | |
1164 | ||
1165 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ | |
1166 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; | |
1167 | ||
1168 | switch (st_other) | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | case 0: break; | |
1171 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; | |
1172 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; | |
1173 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; | |
1174 | default: | |
1175 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print | |
1176 | everything hex. */ | |
1177 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); | |
1178 | } | |
1179 | ||
1180 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); | |
1181 | } | |
1182 | break; | |
1183 | } | |
1184 | } | |
1185 | \f | |
1186 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */ | |
1187 | ||
1188 | struct bfd_hash_entry * | |
1189 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string) | |
1190 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry; | |
1191 | struct bfd_hash_table *table; | |
1192 | const char *string; | |
1193 | { | |
1194 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a | |
1195 | subclass. */ | |
1196 | if (entry == NULL) | |
1197 | { | |
1198 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)); | |
1199 | if (entry == NULL) | |
1200 | return entry; | |
1201 | } | |
1202 | ||
1203 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ | |
1204 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); | |
1205 | if (entry != NULL) | |
1206 | { | |
1207 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; | |
1208 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table; | |
1209 | ||
1210 | /* Set local fields. */ | |
1211 | ret->indx = -1; | |
1212 | ret->size = 0; | |
1213 | ret->dynindx = -1; | |
1214 | ret->dynstr_index = 0; | |
1215 | ret->weakdef = NULL; | |
1216 | ret->got.refcount = htab->init_refcount; | |
1217 | ret->plt.refcount = htab->init_refcount; | |
1218 | ret->linker_section_pointer = NULL; | |
1219 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL; | |
1220 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL; | |
1221 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0; | |
1222 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL; | |
1223 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE; | |
1224 | ret->other = 0; | |
1225 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader. | |
1226 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input | |
1227 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol | |
1228 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */ | |
1229 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; | |
1230 | } | |
1231 | ||
1232 | return entry; | |
1233 | } | |
1234 | ||
1235 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the | |
1236 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */ | |
1237 | ||
1238 | void | |
1239 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (dir, ind) | |
1240 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind; | |
1241 | { | |
1242 | bfd_signed_vma tmp; | |
1243 | ||
1244 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the | |
1245 | symbol which just became indirect. */ | |
1246 | ||
1247 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |= | |
1248 | (ind->elf_link_hash_flags | |
1249 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC | |
1250 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR | |
1251 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK | |
1252 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF)); | |
1253 | ||
1254 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) | |
1255 | return; | |
1256 | ||
1257 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries. | |
1258 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */ | |
1259 | tmp = dir->got.refcount; | |
1260 | if (tmp <= 0) | |
1261 | { | |
1262 | dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount; | |
1263 | ind->got.refcount = tmp; | |
1264 | } | |
1265 | else | |
1266 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount <= 0); | |
1267 | ||
1268 | tmp = dir->plt.refcount; | |
1269 | if (tmp <= 0) | |
1270 | { | |
1271 | dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount; | |
1272 | ind->plt.refcount = tmp; | |
1273 | } | |
1274 | else | |
1275 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount <= 0); | |
1276 | ||
1277 | if (dir->dynindx == -1) | |
1278 | { | |
1279 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx; | |
1280 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index; | |
1281 | ind->dynindx = -1; | |
1282 | ind->dynstr_index = 0; | |
1283 | } | |
1284 | else | |
1285 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1); | |
1286 | } | |
1287 | ||
1288 | void | |
1289 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h) | |
1290 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
1291 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | |
1292 | { | |
1293 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT; | |
1294 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | |
1295 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0) | |
1296 | h->dynindx = -1; | |
1297 | } | |
1298 | ||
1299 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */ | |
1300 | ||
1301 | boolean | |
1302 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc) | |
1303 | struct elf_link_hash_table *table; | |
1304 | bfd *abfd; | |
1305 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, | |
1306 | struct bfd_hash_table *, | |
1307 | const char *)); | |
1308 | { | |
1309 | boolean ret; | |
1310 | ||
1311 | table->dynamic_sections_created = false; | |
1312 | table->dynobj = NULL; | |
1313 | table->init_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount - 1; | |
1314 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */ | |
1315 | table->dynsymcount = 1; | |
1316 | table->dynstr = NULL; | |
1317 | table->bucketcount = 0; | |
1318 | table->needed = NULL; | |
1319 | table->runpath = NULL; | |
1320 | table->hgot = NULL; | |
1321 | table->stab_info = NULL; | |
1322 | table->merge_info = NULL; | |
1323 | table->dynlocal = NULL; | |
1324 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (& table->root, abfd, newfunc); | |
1325 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table; | |
1326 | ||
1327 | return ret; | |
1328 | } | |
1329 | ||
1330 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */ | |
1331 | ||
1332 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * | |
1333 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd) | |
1334 | bfd *abfd; | |
1335 | { | |
1336 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret; | |
1337 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table); | |
1338 | ||
1339 | ret = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
1340 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL) | |
1341 | return NULL; | |
1342 | ||
1343 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc)) | |
1344 | { | |
1345 | bfd_release (abfd, ret); | |
1346 | return NULL; | |
1347 | } | |
1348 | ||
1349 | return &ret->root; | |
1350 | } | |
1351 | ||
1352 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to | |
1353 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED | |
1354 | entry for a dynamic object. The generic linker passes name as an | |
1355 | empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made. */ | |
1356 | ||
1357 | void | |
1358 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name) | |
1359 | bfd *abfd; | |
1360 | const char *name; | |
1361 | { | |
1362 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1363 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
1364 | elf_dt_name (abfd) = name; | |
1365 | } | |
1366 | ||
1367 | void | |
1368 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_soname (abfd, name) | |
1369 | bfd *abfd; | |
1370 | const char *name; | |
1371 | { | |
1372 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1373 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
1374 | elf_dt_soname (abfd) = name; | |
1375 | } | |
1376 | ||
1377 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for | |
1378 | the linker ELF emulation code. */ | |
1379 | ||
1380 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * | |
1381 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info) | |
1382 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
1383 | struct bfd_link_info *info; | |
1384 | { | |
1385 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
1386 | return NULL; | |
1387 | return elf_hash_table (info)->needed; | |
1388 | } | |
1389 | ||
1390 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a | |
1391 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */ | |
1392 | ||
1393 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * | |
1394 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (abfd, info) | |
1395 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
1396 | struct bfd_link_info *info; | |
1397 | { | |
1398 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
1399 | return NULL; | |
1400 | return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath; | |
1401 | } | |
1402 | ||
1403 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This | |
1404 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string | |
1405 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */ | |
1406 | ||
1407 | const char * | |
1408 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd) | |
1409 | bfd *abfd; | |
1410 | { | |
1411 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1412 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
1413 | return elf_dt_name (abfd); | |
1414 | return NULL; | |
1415 | } | |
1416 | ||
1417 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for | |
1418 | the ELF linker emulation code. */ | |
1419 | ||
1420 | boolean | |
1421 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (abfd, pneeded) | |
1422 | bfd *abfd; | |
1423 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded; | |
1424 | { | |
1425 | asection *s; | |
1426 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; | |
1427 | int elfsec; | |
1428 | unsigned long shlink; | |
1429 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; | |
1430 | size_t extdynsize; | |
1431 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *)); | |
1432 | ||
1433 | *pneeded = NULL; | |
1434 | ||
1435 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1436 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object) | |
1437 | return true; | |
1438 | ||
1439 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
1440 | if (s == NULL || s->_raw_size == 0) | |
1441 | return true; | |
1442 | ||
1443 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); | |
1444 | if (dynbuf == NULL) | |
1445 | goto error_return; | |
1446 | ||
1447 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0, | |
1448 | s->_raw_size)) | |
1449 | goto error_return; | |
1450 | ||
1451 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); | |
1452 | if (elfsec == -1) | |
1453 | goto error_return; | |
1454 | ||
1455 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; | |
1456 | ||
1457 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
1458 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; | |
1459 | ||
1460 | extdyn = dynbuf; | |
1461 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; | |
1462 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) | |
1463 | { | |
1464 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | |
1465 | ||
1466 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn); | |
1467 | ||
1468 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) | |
1469 | break; | |
1470 | ||
1471 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED) | |
1472 | { | |
1473 | const char *string; | |
1474 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l; | |
1475 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; | |
1476 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
1477 | ||
1478 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); | |
1479 | if (string == NULL) | |
1480 | goto error_return; | |
1481 | ||
1482 | amt = sizeof *l; | |
1483 | l = (struct bfd_link_needed_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
1484 | if (l == NULL) | |
1485 | goto error_return; | |
1486 | ||
1487 | l->by = abfd; | |
1488 | l->name = string; | |
1489 | l->next = *pneeded; | |
1490 | *pneeded = l; | |
1491 | } | |
1492 | } | |
1493 | ||
1494 | free (dynbuf); | |
1495 | ||
1496 | return true; | |
1497 | ||
1498 | error_return: | |
1499 | if (dynbuf != NULL) | |
1500 | free (dynbuf); | |
1501 | return false; | |
1502 | } | |
1503 | \f | |
1504 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ | |
1505 | ||
1506 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * | |
1507 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init () | |
1508 | { | |
1509 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; | |
1510 | ||
1511 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); | |
1512 | if (ret != NULL) | |
1513 | { | |
1514 | bfd_size_type loc; | |
1515 | ||
1516 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false); | |
1517 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); | |
1518 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
1519 | { | |
1520 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); | |
1521 | ret = NULL; | |
1522 | } | |
1523 | } | |
1524 | return ret; | |
1525 | } | |
1526 | \f | |
1527 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ | |
1528 | ||
1529 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ | |
1530 | ||
1531 | boolean | |
1532 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex) | |
1533 | bfd *abfd; | |
1534 | unsigned int shindex; | |
1535 | { | |
1536 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
1537 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
1538 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1539 | char *name; | |
1540 | ||
1541 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name); | |
1542 | ||
1543 | switch (hdr->sh_type) | |
1544 | { | |
1545 | case SHT_NULL: | |
1546 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ | |
1547 | return true; | |
1548 | ||
1549 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ | |
1550 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ | |
1551 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ | |
1552 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ | |
1553 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ | |
1554 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1555 | ||
1556 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ | |
1557 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
1558 | return true; | |
1559 | ||
1560 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); | |
1561 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); | |
1562 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
1563 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1564 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
1565 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
1566 | ||
1567 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If | |
1568 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also | |
1569 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the | |
1570 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes | |
1571 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the | |
1572 | linker. */ | |
1573 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 | |
1574 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 | |
1575 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) | |
1576 | return false; | |
1577 | ||
1578 | return true; | |
1579 | ||
1580 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ | |
1581 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
1582 | return true; | |
1583 | ||
1584 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); | |
1585 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); | |
1586 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
1587 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1588 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
1589 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
1590 | ||
1591 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular | |
1592 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ | |
1593 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1594 | ||
1595 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ | |
1596 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) | |
1597 | return true; | |
1598 | ||
1599 | /* Get the associated symbol table. */ | |
1600 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link) | |
1601 | || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)) | |
1602 | return false; | |
1603 | ||
1604 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; | |
1605 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; | |
1606 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
1607 | return true; | |
1608 | ||
1609 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ | |
1610 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
1611 | return true; | |
1612 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) | |
1613 | { | |
1614 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1615 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
1616 | return true; | |
1617 | } | |
1618 | { | |
1619 | unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
1620 | ||
1621 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
1622 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) | |
1623 | { | |
1624 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
1625 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
1626 | { | |
1627 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) | |
1628 | return false; | |
1629 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) | |
1630 | { | |
1631 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1632 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = | |
1633 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
1634 | return true; | |
1635 | } | |
1636 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) | |
1637 | { | |
1638 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1639 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = | |
1640 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; | |
1641 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so | |
1642 | that objcopy can handle it. */ | |
1643 | break; | |
1644 | } | |
1645 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ | |
1646 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */ | |
1647 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ | |
1648 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; | |
1649 | if (!newsect) | |
1650 | break; | |
1651 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; | |
1652 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr; | |
1653 | *hdr2 = *hdr; | |
1654 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; | |
1655 | #endif | |
1656 | } | |
1657 | } | |
1658 | } | |
1659 | ||
1660 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1661 | ||
1662 | case SHT_REL: | |
1663 | case SHT_RELA: | |
1664 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ | |
1665 | { | |
1666 | asection *target_sect; | |
1667 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; | |
1668 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
1669 | ||
1670 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ | |
1671 | if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE) | |
1672 | || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) | |
1673 | { | |
1674 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
1675 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), | |
1676 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); | |
1677 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1678 | } | |
1679 | ||
1680 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes | |
1681 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have | |
1682 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just | |
1683 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use | |
1684 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only | |
1685 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point | |
1686 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ | |
1687 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB | |
1688 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) | |
1689 | { | |
1690 | unsigned int scan; | |
1691 | int found; | |
1692 | ||
1693 | found = 0; | |
1694 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) | |
1695 | { | |
1696 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
1697 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
1698 | { | |
1699 | if (found != 0) | |
1700 | { | |
1701 | found = 0; | |
1702 | break; | |
1703 | } | |
1704 | found = scan; | |
1705 | } | |
1706 | } | |
1707 | if (found != 0) | |
1708 | hdr->sh_link = found; | |
1709 | } | |
1710 | ||
1711 | /* Get the symbol table. */ | |
1712 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
1713 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) | |
1714 | return false; | |
1715 | ||
1716 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we | |
1717 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately | |
1718 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't | |
1719 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also | |
1720 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null | |
1721 | section. */ | |
1722 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF) | |
1723 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1724 | ||
1725 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) | |
1726 | return false; | |
1727 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); | |
1728 | if (target_sect == NULL) | |
1729 | return false; | |
1730 | ||
1731 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 | |
1732 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) | |
1733 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; | |
1734 | else | |
1735 | { | |
1736 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
1737 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL); | |
1738 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); | |
1739 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
1740 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; | |
1741 | } | |
1742 | *hdr2 = *hdr; | |
1743 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; | |
1744 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); | |
1745 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; | |
1746 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; | |
1747 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
1748 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether | |
1749 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ | |
1750 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
1751 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->use_rela_p | |
1752 | = (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA); | |
1753 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; | |
1754 | return true; | |
1755 | } | |
1756 | break; | |
1757 | ||
1758 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
1759 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; | |
1760 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; | |
1761 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1762 | break; | |
1763 | ||
1764 | case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
1765 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; | |
1766 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; | |
1767 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1768 | break; | |
1769 | ||
1770 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
1771 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; | |
1772 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; | |
1773 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1774 | break; | |
1775 | ||
1776 | case SHT_SHLIB: | |
1777 | return true; | |
1778 | ||
1779 | case SHT_GROUP: | |
1780 | /* Make a section for objcopy and relocatable links. */ | |
1781 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) | |
1782 | return false; | |
1783 | if (hdr->contents != NULL) | |
1784 | { | |
1785 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; | |
1786 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4; | |
1787 | asection *s; | |
1788 | ||
1789 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
1790 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL | |
1791 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) | |
1792 | { | |
1793 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; | |
1794 | break; | |
1795 | } | |
1796 | } | |
1797 | break; | |
1798 | ||
1799 | default: | |
1800 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ | |
1801 | { | |
1802 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) | |
1803 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1804 | } | |
1805 | break; | |
1806 | } | |
1807 | ||
1808 | return true; | |
1809 | } | |
1810 | ||
1811 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. | |
1812 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ | |
1813 | ||
1814 | asection * | |
1815 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (abfd, cache, sec, r_symndx) | |
1816 | bfd *abfd; | |
1817 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache; | |
1818 | asection *sec; | |
1819 | unsigned long r_symndx; | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | unsigned char esym_shndx[4]; | |
1822 | unsigned int isym_shndx; | |
1823 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
1824 | file_ptr pos; | |
1825 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
1826 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; | |
1827 | ||
1828 | if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx) | |
1829 | return cache->sec[ent]; | |
1830 | ||
1831 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
1832 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset; | |
1833 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym | |
1834 | == sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)) | |
1835 | { | |
1836 | pos += r_symndx * sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym); | |
1837 | pos += offsetof (Elf64_External_Sym, st_shndx); | |
1838 | amt = sizeof (((Elf64_External_Sym *) 0)->st_shndx); | |
1839 | } | |
1840 | else | |
1841 | { | |
1842 | pos += r_symndx * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym); | |
1843 | pos += offsetof (Elf32_External_Sym, st_shndx); | |
1844 | amt = sizeof (((Elf32_External_Sym *) 0)->st_shndx); | |
1845 | } | |
1846 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
1847 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) esym_shndx, amt, abfd) != amt) | |
1848 | return NULL; | |
1849 | isym_shndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, esym_shndx); | |
1850 | ||
1851 | if (isym_shndx == SHN_XINDEX) | |
1852 | { | |
1853 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
1854 | if (shndx_hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
1855 | { | |
1856 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset; | |
1857 | pos += r_symndx * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
1858 | amt = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
1859 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
1860 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) esym_shndx, amt, abfd) != amt) | |
1861 | return NULL; | |
1862 | isym_shndx = H_GET_32 (abfd, esym_shndx); | |
1863 | } | |
1864 | } | |
1865 | ||
1866 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) | |
1867 | { | |
1868 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); | |
1869 | cache->abfd = abfd; | |
1870 | } | |
1871 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; | |
1872 | cache->sec[ent] = sec; | |
1873 | if (isym_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE || isym_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE) | |
1874 | { | |
1875 | asection *s; | |
1876 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym_shndx); | |
1877 | if (s != NULL) | |
1878 | cache->sec[ent] = s; | |
1879 | } | |
1880 | return cache->sec[ent]; | |
1881 | } | |
1882 | ||
1883 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD | |
1884 | section. */ | |
1885 | ||
1886 | asection * | |
1887 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index) | |
1888 | bfd *abfd; | |
1889 | unsigned int index; | |
1890 | { | |
1891 | if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
1892 | return NULL; | |
1893 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; | |
1894 | } | |
1895 | ||
1896 | boolean | |
1897 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec) | |
1898 | bfd *abfd; | |
1899 | asection *sec; | |
1900 | { | |
1901 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; | |
1902 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata); | |
1903 | ||
1904 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
1905 | if (!sdata) | |
1906 | return false; | |
1907 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata; | |
1908 | ||
1909 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ | |
1910 | sdata->use_rela_p | |
1911 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->default_use_rela_p; | |
1912 | ||
1913 | return true; | |
1914 | } | |
1915 | ||
1916 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. | |
1917 | ||
1918 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name | |
1919 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the | |
1920 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we | |
1921 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. | |
1922 | ||
1923 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than | |
1924 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the | |
1925 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, | |
1926 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the | |
1927 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting | |
1928 | of combined data+bss. | |
1929 | ||
1930 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections | |
1931 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by | |
1932 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified | |
1933 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split | |
1934 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. | |
1935 | ||
1936 | */ | |
1937 | ||
1938 | boolean | |
1939 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename) | |
1940 | bfd *abfd; | |
1941 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; | |
1942 | int index; | |
1943 | const char *typename; | |
1944 | { | |
1945 | asection *newsect; | |
1946 | char *name; | |
1947 | char namebuf[64]; | |
1948 | int split; | |
1949 | ||
1950 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) | |
1951 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) | |
1952 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); | |
1953 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); | |
1954 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (namebuf) + 1); | |
1955 | if (!name) | |
1956 | return false; | |
1957 | strcpy (name, namebuf); | |
1958 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
1959 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
1960 | return false; | |
1961 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; | |
1962 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; | |
1963 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; | |
1964 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; | |
1965 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
1966 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
1967 | { | |
1968 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
1969 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
1970 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
1971 | { | |
1972 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, | |
1973 | may be data. */ | |
1974 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
1975 | } | |
1976 | } | |
1977 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
1978 | { | |
1979 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
1980 | } | |
1981 | ||
1982 | if (split) | |
1983 | { | |
1984 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index); | |
1985 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (namebuf) + 1); | |
1986 | if (!name) | |
1987 | return false; | |
1988 | strcpy (name, namebuf); | |
1989 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
1990 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
1991 | return false; | |
1992 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; | |
1993 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; | |
1994 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; | |
1995 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
1996 | { | |
1997 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
1998 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
1999 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
2000 | } | |
2001 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
2002 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
2003 | } | |
2004 | ||
2005 | return true; | |
2006 | } | |
2007 | ||
2008 | boolean | |
2009 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index) | |
2010 | bfd *abfd; | |
2011 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; | |
2012 | int index; | |
2013 | { | |
2014 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
2015 | ||
2016 | switch (hdr->p_type) | |
2017 | { | |
2018 | case PT_NULL: | |
2019 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); | |
2020 | ||
2021 | case PT_LOAD: | |
2022 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); | |
2023 | ||
2024 | case PT_DYNAMIC: | |
2025 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); | |
2026 | ||
2027 | case PT_INTERP: | |
2028 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); | |
2029 | ||
2030 | case PT_NOTE: | |
2031 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) | |
2032 | return false; | |
2033 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, (file_ptr) hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) | |
2034 | return false; | |
2035 | return true; | |
2036 | ||
2037 | case PT_SHLIB: | |
2038 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); | |
2039 | ||
2040 | case PT_PHDR: | |
2041 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); | |
2042 | ||
2043 | default: | |
2044 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. | |
2045 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */ | |
2046 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2047 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) | |
2048 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index); | |
2049 | else | |
2050 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment"); | |
2051 | } | |
2052 | } | |
2053 | ||
2054 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing | |
2055 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is true, we use RELA | |
2056 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ | |
2057 | ||
2058 | boolean | |
2059 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, rel_hdr, asect, use_rela_p) | |
2060 | bfd *abfd; | |
2061 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; | |
2062 | asection *asect; | |
2063 | boolean use_rela_p; | |
2064 | { | |
2065 | char *name; | |
2066 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2067 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); | |
2068 | ||
2069 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
2070 | if (name == NULL) | |
2071 | return false; | |
2072 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); | |
2073 | rel_hdr->sh_name = | |
2074 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, | |
2075 | false); | |
2076 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
2077 | return false; | |
2078 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; | |
2079 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p | |
2080 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela | |
2081 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); | |
2082 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; | |
2083 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
2084 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
2085 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; | |
2086 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
2087 | ||
2088 | return true; | |
2089 | } | |
2090 | ||
2091 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ | |
2092 | ||
2093 | static void | |
2094 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg) | |
2095 | bfd *abfd; | |
2096 | asection *asect; | |
2097 | PTR failedptrarg; | |
2098 | { | |
2099 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2100 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; | |
2101 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
2102 | ||
2103 | if (*failedptr) | |
2104 | { | |
2105 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections | |
2106 | loop. */ | |
2107 | return; | |
2108 | } | |
2109 | ||
2110 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; | |
2111 | ||
2112 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
2113 | asect->name, false); | |
2114 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1) | |
2115 | { | |
2116 | *failedptr = true; | |
2117 | return; | |
2118 | } | |
2119 | ||
2120 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
2121 | ||
2122 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
2123 | || asect->user_set_vma) | |
2124 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; | |
2125 | else | |
2126 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
2127 | ||
2128 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
2129 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; | |
2130 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
2131 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; | |
2132 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by | |
2133 | copy_private_section_data. */ | |
2134 | ||
2135 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; | |
2136 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; | |
2137 | ||
2138 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */ | |
2139 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0) | |
2140 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
2141 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0) | |
2142 | { | |
2143 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH; | |
2144 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; | |
2145 | } | |
2146 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0) | |
2147 | { | |
2148 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM; | |
2149 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
2150 | } | |
2151 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0) | |
2152 | { | |
2153 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC; | |
2154 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
2155 | } | |
2156 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0 | |
2157 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) | |
2158 | { | |
2159 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA; | |
2160 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; | |
2161 | } | |
2162 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0 | |
2163 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) | |
2164 | { | |
2165 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL; | |
2166 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; | |
2167 | } | |
2168 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0) | |
2169 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE; | |
2170 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0 | |
2171 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0) | |
2172 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
2173 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0) | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym; | |
2176 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); | |
2177 | } | |
2178 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0) | |
2179 | { | |
2180 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef; | |
2181 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
2182 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
2183 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be | |
2184 | zero. */ | |
2185 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
2186 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; | |
2187 | else | |
2188 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 | |
2189 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); | |
2190 | } | |
2191 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0) | |
2192 | { | |
2193 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed; | |
2194 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
2195 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
2196 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be | |
2197 | zero. */ | |
2198 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
2199 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; | |
2200 | else | |
2201 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 | |
2202 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); | |
2203 | } | |
2204 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) | |
2205 | { | |
2206 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP; | |
2207 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4; | |
2208 | } | |
2209 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
2210 | && ((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)) | |
2211 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; | |
2212 | else | |
2213 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; | |
2214 | ||
2215 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
2216 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; | |
2217 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
2218 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; | |
2219 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
2220 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; | |
2221 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) | |
2222 | { | |
2223 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; | |
2224 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; | |
2225 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) | |
2226 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; | |
2227 | } | |
2228 | if (elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) | |
2229 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; | |
2230 | ||
2231 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ | |
2232 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections | |
2233 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) | |
2234 | *failedptr = true; | |
2235 | ||
2236 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the | |
2237 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for | |
2238 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to | |
2239 | create the other. */ | |
2240 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 | |
2241 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, | |
2242 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr, | |
2243 | asect, | |
2244 | elf_section_data (asect)->use_rela_p)) | |
2245 | *failedptr = true; | |
2246 | } | |
2247 | ||
2248 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ | |
2249 | ||
2250 | static void | |
2251 | set_group_contents (abfd, sec, failedptrarg) | |
2252 | bfd *abfd; | |
2253 | asection *sec; | |
2254 | PTR failedptrarg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
2255 | { | |
2256 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; | |
2257 | unsigned long symindx; | |
2258 | asection *elt; | |
2259 | unsigned char *loc; | |
2260 | struct bfd_link_order *l; | |
2261 | ||
2262 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP | |
2263 | || *failedptr) | |
2264 | return; | |
2265 | ||
2266 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up | |
2267 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", the symbols won't yet | |
2268 | be mapped, so emulate elf_bfd_final_link. */ | |
2269 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL) | |
2270 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; | |
2271 | else | |
2272 | symindx = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; | |
2273 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; | |
2274 | ||
2275 | /* Nor will the contents be allocated for "ld -r". */ | |
2276 | if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
2277 | { | |
2278 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->_raw_size); | |
2279 | if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
2280 | { | |
2281 | *failedptr = true; | |
2282 | return; | |
2283 | } | |
2284 | } | |
2285 | ||
2286 | loc = sec->contents + sec->_raw_size; | |
2287 | ||
2288 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that we | |
2289 | squirreled away here. */ | |
2290 | elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); | |
2291 | ||
2292 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section | |
2293 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards | |
2294 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section | |
2295 | directives, not that it matters. */ | |
2296 | while (elt != NULL) | |
2297 | { | |
2298 | loc -= 4; | |
2299 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_section_data (elt)->this_idx, loc); | |
2300 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); | |
2301 | } | |
2302 | ||
2303 | /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because | |
2304 | SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections | |
2305 | instead. */ | |
2306 | for (l = sec->link_order_head; l != NULL; l = l->next) | |
2307 | if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order | |
2308 | && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL) | |
2309 | do | |
2310 | { | |
2311 | loc -= 4; | |
2312 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, | |
2313 | elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc); | |
2314 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); | |
2315 | /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */ | |
2316 | } | |
2317 | while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)); | |
2318 | ||
2319 | loc -= 4; | |
2320 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, 0, loc); | |
2321 | ||
2322 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == sec->contents); | |
2323 | } | |
2324 | ||
2325 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here | |
2326 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled | |
2327 | in here too, while we're at it. */ | |
2328 | ||
2329 | static boolean | |
2330 | assign_section_numbers (abfd) | |
2331 | bfd *abfd; | |
2332 | { | |
2333 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
2334 | asection *sec; | |
2335 | unsigned int section_number, secn; | |
2336 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
2337 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
2338 | ||
2339 | section_number = 1; | |
2340 | ||
2341 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
2342 | ||
2343 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
2344 | { | |
2345 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
2346 | ||
2347 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2348 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2349 | d->this_idx = section_number++; | |
2350 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); | |
2351 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) | |
2352 | d->rel_idx = 0; | |
2353 | else | |
2354 | { | |
2355 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2356 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2357 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; | |
2358 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); | |
2359 | } | |
2360 | ||
2361 | if (d->rel_hdr2) | |
2362 | { | |
2363 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2364 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2365 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; | |
2366 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); | |
2367 | } | |
2368 | else | |
2369 | d->rel_idx2 = 0; | |
2370 | } | |
2371 | ||
2372 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2373 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2374 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; | |
2375 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
2376 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; | |
2377 | ||
2378 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2379 | { | |
2380 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2381 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2382 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; | |
2383 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
2384 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2) | |
2385 | { | |
2386 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2387 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2388 | t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; | |
2389 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name | |
2390 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
2391 | ".symtab_shndx", false); | |
2392 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
2393 | return false; | |
2394 | } | |
2395 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2396 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2397 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; | |
2398 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
2399 | } | |
2400 | ||
2401 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
2402 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
2403 | ||
2404 | elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; | |
2405 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; | |
2406 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2407 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
2408 | ||
2409 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the | |
2410 | indices. */ | |
2411 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); | |
2412 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
2413 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) | |
2414 | return false; | |
2415 | ||
2416 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); | |
2417 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
2418 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) | |
2419 | { | |
2420 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); | |
2421 | return false; | |
2422 | } | |
2423 | memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); | |
2424 | ||
2425 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; | |
2426 | ||
2427 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; | |
2428 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2429 | { | |
2430 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; | |
2431 | if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE) | |
2432 | { | |
2433 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
2434 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
2435 | } | |
2436 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; | |
2437 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; | |
2438 | } | |
2439 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
2440 | { | |
2441 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
2442 | asection *s; | |
2443 | const char *name; | |
2444 | ||
2445 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; | |
2446 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) | |
2447 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; | |
2448 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) | |
2449 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; | |
2450 | ||
2451 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ | |
2452 | ||
2453 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol | |
2454 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which | |
2455 | the relocation entries apply. */ | |
2456 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) | |
2457 | { | |
2458 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
2459 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
2460 | } | |
2461 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) | |
2462 | { | |
2463 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
2464 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
2465 | } | |
2466 | ||
2467 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) | |
2468 | { | |
2469 | case SHT_REL: | |
2470 | case SHT_RELA: | |
2471 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD | |
2472 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol | |
2473 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to | |
2474 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an | |
2475 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. | |
2476 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ | |
2477 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
2478 | if (s != NULL) | |
2479 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2480 | ||
2481 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ | |
2482 | name = sec->name; | |
2483 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) | |
2484 | name += 4; | |
2485 | else | |
2486 | name += 5; | |
2487 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); | |
2488 | if (s != NULL) | |
2489 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2490 | break; | |
2491 | ||
2492 | case SHT_STRTAB: | |
2493 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs | |
2494 | string section. We look for a section with the same name | |
2495 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link | |
2496 | field to point to this section. */ | |
2497 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 | |
2498 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) | |
2499 | { | |
2500 | size_t len; | |
2501 | char *alc; | |
2502 | ||
2503 | len = strlen (sec->name); | |
2504 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) len - 2); | |
2505 | if (alc == NULL) | |
2506 | return false; | |
2507 | strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); | |
2508 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; | |
2509 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); | |
2510 | free (alc); | |
2511 | if (s != NULL) | |
2512 | { | |
2513 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; | |
2514 | ||
2515 | /* This is a .stab section. */ | |
2516 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = | |
2517 | 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; | |
2518 | } | |
2519 | } | |
2520 | break; | |
2521 | ||
2522 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: | |
2523 | case SHT_DYNSYM: | |
2524 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
2525 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
2526 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table | |
2527 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the | |
2528 | version strings. */ | |
2529 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); | |
2530 | if (s != NULL) | |
2531 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2532 | break; | |
2533 | ||
2534 | case SHT_HASH: | |
2535 | case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
2536 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table | |
2537 | this hash table or version table is for. */ | |
2538 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
2539 | if (s != NULL) | |
2540 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2541 | break; | |
2542 | ||
2543 | case SHT_GROUP: | |
2544 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
2545 | } | |
2546 | } | |
2547 | ||
2548 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) | |
2549 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) | |
2550 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; | |
2551 | else | |
2552 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
2553 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); | |
2554 | return true; | |
2555 | } | |
2556 | ||
2557 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving | |
2558 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ | |
2559 | ||
2560 | static INLINE int | |
2561 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym) | |
2562 | bfd *abfd; | |
2563 | asymbol *sym; | |
2564 | { | |
2565 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ | |
2566 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) | |
2567 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) | |
2568 | (abfd, sym)); | |
2569 | ||
2570 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 | |
2571 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) | |
2572 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); | |
2573 | } | |
2574 | ||
2575 | static boolean | |
2576 | elf_map_symbols (abfd) | |
2577 | bfd *abfd; | |
2578 | { | |
2579 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
2580 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); | |
2581 | asymbol **sect_syms; | |
2582 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; | |
2583 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; | |
2584 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; | |
2585 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; | |
2586 | int max_index = 0; | |
2587 | unsigned int idx; | |
2588 | asection *asect; | |
2589 | asymbol **new_syms; | |
2590 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
2591 | ||
2592 | #ifdef DEBUG | |
2593 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); | |
2594 | fflush (stderr); | |
2595 | #endif | |
2596 | ||
2597 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
2598 | { | |
2599 | if (max_index < asect->index) | |
2600 | max_index = asect->index; | |
2601 | } | |
2602 | ||
2603 | max_index++; | |
2604 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *); | |
2605 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
2606 | if (sect_syms == NULL) | |
2607 | return false; | |
2608 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; | |
2609 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; | |
2610 | ||
2611 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already | |
2612 | decided to output. */ | |
2613 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
2614 | { | |
2615 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; | |
2616 | ||
2617 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 | |
2618 | && sym->value == 0) | |
2619 | { | |
2620 | asection *sec; | |
2621 | ||
2622 | sec = sym->section; | |
2623 | ||
2624 | if (sec->owner != NULL) | |
2625 | { | |
2626 | if (sec->owner != abfd) | |
2627 | { | |
2628 | if (sec->output_offset != 0) | |
2629 | continue; | |
2630 | ||
2631 | sec = sec->output_section; | |
2632 | ||
2633 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a | |
2634 | section symbol created for them. (See the comment | |
2635 | near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in | |
2636 | linker.c). If the linker script discards such | |
2637 | sections then we will reach this point. Since we know | |
2638 | that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip | |
2639 | the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array. | |
2640 | To reproduce this particular case try running the | |
2641 | linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF | |
2642 | port that uses the generic linker. */ | |
2643 | if (sec->owner == NULL) | |
2644 | continue; | |
2645 | ||
2646 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd); | |
2647 | } | |
2648 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; | |
2649 | } | |
2650 | } | |
2651 | } | |
2652 | ||
2653 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ | |
2654 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
2655 | { | |
2656 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) | |
2657 | num_locals++; | |
2658 | else | |
2659 | num_globals++; | |
2660 | } | |
2661 | ||
2662 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal | |
2663 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but | |
2664 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped | |
2665 | at least in that case. */ | |
2666 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
2667 | { | |
2668 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) | |
2669 | { | |
2670 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) | |
2671 | num_locals++; | |
2672 | else | |
2673 | num_globals++; | |
2674 | } | |
2675 | } | |
2676 | ||
2677 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ | |
2678 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *); | |
2679 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
2680 | ||
2681 | if (new_syms == NULL) | |
2682 | return false; | |
2683 | ||
2684 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
2685 | { | |
2686 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; | |
2687 | unsigned int i; | |
2688 | ||
2689 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
2690 | i = num_locals2++; | |
2691 | else | |
2692 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
2693 | new_syms[i] = sym; | |
2694 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
2695 | } | |
2696 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
2697 | { | |
2698 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) | |
2699 | { | |
2700 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; | |
2701 | unsigned int i; | |
2702 | ||
2703 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; | |
2704 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
2705 | i = num_locals2++; | |
2706 | else | |
2707 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
2708 | new_syms[i] = sym; | |
2709 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
2710 | } | |
2711 | } | |
2712 | ||
2713 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); | |
2714 | ||
2715 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; | |
2716 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; | |
2717 | return true; | |
2718 | } | |
2719 | ||
2720 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any | |
2721 | ELF data structure. */ | |
2722 | ||
2723 | static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr, int)); | |
2724 | static INLINE file_ptr | |
2725 | align_file_position (off, align) | |
2726 | file_ptr off; | |
2727 | int align; | |
2728 | { | |
2729 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); | |
2730 | } | |
2731 | ||
2732 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the | |
2733 | required section alignment. */ | |
2734 | ||
2735 | INLINE file_ptr | |
2736 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align) | |
2737 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; | |
2738 | file_ptr offset; | |
2739 | boolean align; | |
2740 | { | |
2741 | if (align) | |
2742 | { | |
2743 | unsigned int al; | |
2744 | ||
2745 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; | |
2746 | if (al > 1) | |
2747 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al); | |
2748 | } | |
2749 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; | |
2750 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) | |
2751 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; | |
2752 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
2753 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; | |
2754 | return offset; | |
2755 | } | |
2756 | ||
2757 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and | |
2758 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO | |
2759 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ | |
2760 | ||
2761 | boolean | |
2762 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info) | |
2763 | bfd *abfd; | |
2764 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; | |
2765 | { | |
2766 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2767 | boolean failed; | |
2768 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; | |
2769 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; | |
2770 | ||
2771 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) | |
2772 | return true; | |
2773 | ||
2774 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ | |
2775 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) | |
2776 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); | |
2777 | ||
2778 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) | |
2779 | return false; | |
2780 | ||
2781 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ | |
2782 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) | |
2783 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); | |
2784 | ||
2785 | failed = false; | |
2786 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); | |
2787 | if (failed) | |
2788 | return false; | |
2789 | ||
2790 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) | |
2791 | return false; | |
2792 | ||
2793 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ | |
2794 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2795 | { | |
2796 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ | |
2797 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); | |
2798 | ||
2799 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) | |
2800 | return false; | |
2801 | } | |
2802 | ||
2803 | if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocateable) | |
2804 | { | |
2805 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, set_group_contents, &failed); | |
2806 | if (failed) | |
2807 | return false; | |
2808 | } | |
2809 | ||
2810 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
2811 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ | |
2812 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
2813 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
2814 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
2815 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
2816 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
2817 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
2818 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
2819 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ | |
2820 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
2821 | ||
2822 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)) | |
2823 | return false; | |
2824 | ||
2825 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2826 | { | |
2827 | file_ptr off; | |
2828 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
2829 | ||
2830 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
2831 | ||
2832 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
2833 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
2834 | ||
2835 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
2836 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
2837 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
2838 | ||
2839 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
2840 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
2841 | ||
2842 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
2843 | ||
2844 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it | |
2845 | out. */ | |
2846 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
2847 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) | |
2848 | return false; | |
2849 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); | |
2850 | } | |
2851 | ||
2852 | abfd->output_has_begun = true; | |
2853 | ||
2854 | return true; | |
2855 | } | |
2856 | ||
2857 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ | |
2858 | ||
2859 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map * | |
2860 | make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr) | |
2861 | bfd *abfd; | |
2862 | asection **sections; | |
2863 | unsigned int from; | |
2864 | unsigned int to; | |
2865 | boolean phdr; | |
2866 | { | |
2867 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
2868 | unsigned int i; | |
2869 | asection **hdrpp; | |
2870 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
2871 | ||
2872 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
2873 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
2874 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
2875 | if (m == NULL) | |
2876 | return NULL; | |
2877 | m->next = NULL; | |
2878 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD; | |
2879 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) | |
2880 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; | |
2881 | m->count = to - from; | |
2882 | ||
2883 | if (from == 0 && phdr) | |
2884 | { | |
2885 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ | |
2886 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; | |
2887 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
2888 | } | |
2889 | ||
2890 | return m; | |
2891 | } | |
2892 | ||
2893 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ | |
2894 | ||
2895 | static boolean | |
2896 | map_sections_to_segments (abfd) | |
2897 | bfd *abfd; | |
2898 | { | |
2899 | asection **sections = NULL; | |
2900 | asection *s; | |
2901 | unsigned int i; | |
2902 | unsigned int count; | |
2903 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; | |
2904 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; | |
2905 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
2906 | asection *last_hdr; | |
2907 | unsigned int phdr_index; | |
2908 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
2909 | asection **hdrpp; | |
2910 | boolean phdr_in_segment = true; | |
2911 | boolean writable; | |
2912 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; | |
2913 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
2914 | ||
2915 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL) | |
2916 | return true; | |
2917 | ||
2918 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0) | |
2919 | return true; | |
2920 | ||
2921 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ | |
2922 | ||
2923 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd) * sizeof (asection *); | |
2924 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
2925 | if (sections == NULL) | |
2926 | goto error_return; | |
2927 | ||
2928 | i = 0; | |
2929 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
2930 | { | |
2931 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
2932 | { | |
2933 | sections[i] = s; | |
2934 | ++i; | |
2935 | } | |
2936 | } | |
2937 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); | |
2938 | count = i; | |
2939 | ||
2940 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); | |
2941 | ||
2942 | /* Build the mapping. */ | |
2943 | ||
2944 | mfirst = NULL; | |
2945 | pm = &mfirst; | |
2946 | ||
2947 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for | |
2948 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp | |
2949 | section. */ | |
2950 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
2951 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
2952 | { | |
2953 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
2954 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
2955 | if (m == NULL) | |
2956 | goto error_return; | |
2957 | m->next = NULL; | |
2958 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR; | |
2959 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ | |
2960 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; | |
2961 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
2962 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
2963 | ||
2964 | *pm = m; | |
2965 | pm = &m->next; | |
2966 | ||
2967 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
2968 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
2969 | if (m == NULL) | |
2970 | goto error_return; | |
2971 | m->next = NULL; | |
2972 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP; | |
2973 | m->count = 1; | |
2974 | m->sections[0] = s; | |
2975 | ||
2976 | *pm = m; | |
2977 | pm = &m->next; | |
2978 | } | |
2979 | ||
2980 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program | |
2981 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within | |
2982 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ | |
2983 | last_hdr = NULL; | |
2984 | phdr_index = 0; | |
2985 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; | |
2986 | writable = false; | |
2987 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
2988 | if (dynsec != NULL | |
2989 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
2990 | dynsec = NULL; | |
2991 | ||
2992 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section | |
2993 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an | |
2994 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many | |
2995 | program headers we will need. */ | |
2996 | if (count > 0) | |
2997 | { | |
2998 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; | |
2999 | ||
3000 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
3001 | if (phdr_size == 0) | |
3002 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3003 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 | |
3004 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size | |
3005 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) | |
3006 | phdr_in_segment = false; | |
3007 | } | |
3008 | ||
3009 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) | |
3010 | { | |
3011 | asection *hdr; | |
3012 | boolean new_segment; | |
3013 | ||
3014 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
3015 | ||
3016 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same | |
3017 | segment. */ | |
3018 | ||
3019 | if (last_hdr == NULL) | |
3020 | { | |
3021 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new | |
3022 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ | |
3023 | new_segment = false; | |
3024 | } | |
3025 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) | |
3026 | { | |
3027 | /* If this section has a different relation between the | |
3028 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new | |
3029 | segment. */ | |
3030 | new_segment = true; | |
3031 | } | |
3032 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize) | |
3033 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)) | |
3034 | { | |
3035 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to | |
3036 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ | |
3037 | new_segment = true; | |
3038 | } | |
3039 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 | |
3040 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3041 | { | |
3042 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a | |
3043 | nonloadable section in the same segment. */ | |
3044 | new_segment = true; | |
3045 | } | |
3046 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) | |
3047 | { | |
3048 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we | |
3049 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the | |
3050 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ | |
3051 | new_segment = false; | |
3052 | } | |
3053 | else if (! writable | |
3054 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 | |
3055 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize) | |
3056 | == hdr->lma)) | |
3057 | { | |
3058 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only | |
3059 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory | |
3060 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not | |
3061 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the | |
3062 | only case in which the new section is not on the same | |
3063 | page as the previous section is when the previous section | |
3064 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ | |
3065 | new_segment = true; | |
3066 | } | |
3067 | else | |
3068 | { | |
3069 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ | |
3070 | new_segment = false; | |
3071 | } | |
3072 | ||
3073 | if (! new_segment) | |
3074 | { | |
3075 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
3076 | writable = true; | |
3077 | last_hdr = hdr; | |
3078 | continue; | |
3079 | } | |
3080 | ||
3081 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program | |
3082 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ | |
3083 | ||
3084 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
3085 | if (m == NULL) | |
3086 | goto error_return; | |
3087 | ||
3088 | *pm = m; | |
3089 | pm = &m->next; | |
3090 | ||
3091 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
3092 | writable = true; | |
3093 | else | |
3094 | writable = false; | |
3095 | ||
3096 | last_hdr = hdr; | |
3097 | phdr_index = i; | |
3098 | phdr_in_segment = false; | |
3099 | } | |
3100 | ||
3101 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ | |
3102 | if (last_hdr != NULL) | |
3103 | { | |
3104 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
3105 | if (m == NULL) | |
3106 | goto error_return; | |
3107 | ||
3108 | *pm = m; | |
3109 | pm = &m->next; | |
3110 | } | |
3111 | ||
3112 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
3113 | if (dynsec != NULL) | |
3114 | { | |
3115 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
3116 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
3117 | if (m == NULL) | |
3118 | goto error_return; | |
3119 | m->next = NULL; | |
3120 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; | |
3121 | m->count = 1; | |
3122 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; | |
3123 | ||
3124 | *pm = m; | |
3125 | pm = &m->next; | |
3126 | } | |
3127 | ||
3128 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't | |
3129 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together | |
3130 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will | |
3131 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using | |
3132 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ | |
3133 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
3134 | { | |
3135 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
3136 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) | |
3137 | { | |
3138 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
3139 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
3140 | if (m == NULL) | |
3141 | goto error_return; | |
3142 | m->next = NULL; | |
3143 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE; | |
3144 | m->count = 1; | |
3145 | m->sections[0] = s; | |
3146 | ||
3147 | *pm = m; | |
3148 | pm = &m->next; | |
3149 | } | |
3150 | } | |
3151 | ||
3152 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME | |
3153 | segment. */ | |
3154 | eh_frame_hdr = NULL; | |
3155 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr) | |
3156 | eh_frame_hdr = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".eh_frame_hdr"); | |
3157 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL && (eh_frame_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD)) | |
3158 | { | |
3159 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
3160 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
3161 | if (m == NULL) | |
3162 | goto error_return; | |
3163 | m->next = NULL; | |
3164 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; | |
3165 | m->count = 1; | |
3166 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr; | |
3167 | ||
3168 | *pm = m; | |
3169 | pm = &m->next; | |
3170 | } | |
3171 | ||
3172 | free (sections); | |
3173 | sections = NULL; | |
3174 | ||
3175 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; | |
3176 | return true; | |
3177 | ||
3178 | error_return: | |
3179 | if (sections != NULL) | |
3180 | free (sections); | |
3181 | return false; | |
3182 | } | |
3183 | ||
3184 | /* Sort sections by address. */ | |
3185 | ||
3186 | static int | |
3187 | elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2) | |
3188 | const PTR arg1; | |
3189 | const PTR arg2; | |
3190 | { | |
3191 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; | |
3192 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; | |
3193 | ||
3194 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to | |
3195 | place the section into a segment. */ | |
3196 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) | |
3197 | return -1; | |
3198 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) | |
3199 | return 1; | |
3200 | ||
3201 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be | |
3202 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ | |
3203 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) | |
3204 | return -1; | |
3205 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) | |
3206 | return 1; | |
3207 | ||
3208 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ | |
3209 | ||
3210 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
3211 | ||
3212 | if (TOEND (sec1)) | |
3213 | { | |
3214 | if (TOEND (sec2)) | |
3215 | { | |
3216 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 | |
3217 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ | |
3218 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) | |
3219 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; | |
3220 | } | |
3221 | else | |
3222 | return 1; | |
3223 | } | |
3224 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) | |
3225 | return -1; | |
3226 | ||
3227 | #undef TOEND | |
3228 | ||
3229 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections | |
3230 | before others at the same address. */ | |
3231 | ||
3232 | if (sec1->_raw_size < sec2->_raw_size) | |
3233 | return -1; | |
3234 | if (sec1->_raw_size > sec2->_raw_size) | |
3235 | return 1; | |
3236 | ||
3237 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; | |
3238 | } | |
3239 | ||
3240 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from | |
3241 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in | |
3242 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */ | |
3243 | ||
3244 | static boolean | |
3245 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd) | |
3246 | bfd *abfd; | |
3247 | { | |
3248 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3249 | unsigned int count; | |
3250 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
3251 | unsigned int alloc; | |
3252 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; | |
3253 | file_ptr off, voff; | |
3254 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; | |
3255 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; | |
3256 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
3257 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
3258 | ||
3259 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL) | |
3260 | { | |
3261 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd)) | |
3262 | return false; | |
3263 | } | |
3264 | ||
3265 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) | |
3266 | { | |
3267 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd)) | |
3268 | return false; | |
3269 | } | |
3270 | ||
3271 | count = 0; | |
3272 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
3273 | ++count; | |
3274 | ||
3275 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3276 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3277 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count; | |
3278 | ||
3279 | if (count == 0) | |
3280 | return true; | |
3281 | ||
3282 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure | |
3283 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS | |
3284 | is used in a linker script. */ | |
3285 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3286 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc) | |
3287 | { | |
3288 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
3289 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"), | |
3290 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count)); | |
3291 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
3292 | return false; | |
3293 | } | |
3294 | ||
3295 | if (alloc == 0) | |
3296 | alloc = count; | |
3297 | ||
3298 | amt = alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); | |
3299 | phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
3300 | if (phdrs == NULL) | |
3301 | return false; | |
3302 | ||
3303 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3304 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3305 | ||
3306 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; | |
3307 | filehdr_paddr = 0; | |
3308 | phdrs_vaddr = 0; | |
3309 | phdrs_paddr = 0; | |
3310 | ||
3311 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; | |
3312 | m != NULL; | |
3313 | m = m->next, p++) | |
3314 | { | |
3315 | unsigned int i; | |
3316 | asection **secpp; | |
3317 | ||
3318 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the | |
3319 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should | |
3320 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may | |
3321 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. | |
3322 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ | |
3323 | if (m->count > 1 | |
3324 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE | |
3325 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) | |
3326 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), | |
3327 | elf_sort_sections); | |
3328 | ||
3329 | p->p_type = m->p_type; | |
3330 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; | |
3331 | ||
3332 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
3333 | && m->count > 0 | |
3334 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3335 | { | |
3336 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3337 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize; | |
3338 | else | |
3339 | { | |
3340 | bfd_size_type align; | |
3341 | ||
3342 | align = 0; | |
3343 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
3344 | { | |
3345 | bfd_size_type secalign; | |
3346 | ||
3347 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); | |
3348 | if (secalign > align) | |
3349 | align = secalign; | |
3350 | } | |
3351 | ||
3352 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % (1 << align); | |
3353 | } | |
3354 | } | |
3355 | ||
3356 | if (m->count == 0) | |
3357 | p->p_vaddr = 0; | |
3358 | else | |
3359 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; | |
3360 | ||
3361 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3362 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; | |
3363 | else if (m->count == 0) | |
3364 | p->p_paddr = 0; | |
3365 | else | |
3366 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma; | |
3367 | ||
3368 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
3369 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3370 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize; | |
3371 | else if (m->count == 0) | |
3372 | p->p_align = bed->s->file_align; | |
3373 | else | |
3374 | p->p_align = 0; | |
3375 | ||
3376 | p->p_offset = 0; | |
3377 | p->p_filesz = 0; | |
3378 | p->p_memsz = 0; | |
3379 | ||
3380 | if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
3381 | { | |
3382 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) | |
3383 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
3384 | p->p_offset = 0; | |
3385 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3386 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3387 | if (m->count > 0) | |
3388 | { | |
3389 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); | |
3390 | ||
3391 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) | |
3392 | { | |
3393 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), | |
3394 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)); | |
3395 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
3396 | return false; | |
3397 | } | |
3398 | ||
3399 | p->p_vaddr -= off; | |
3400 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3401 | p->p_paddr -= off; | |
3402 | } | |
3403 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3404 | { | |
3405 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; | |
3406 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; | |
3407 | } | |
3408 | } | |
3409 | ||
3410 | if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
3411 | { | |
3412 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) | |
3413 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
3414 | ||
3415 | if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
3416 | { | |
3417 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3418 | { | |
3419 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3420 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3421 | } | |
3422 | } | |
3423 | else | |
3424 | { | |
3425 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3426 | ||
3427 | if (m->count > 0) | |
3428 | { | |
3429 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); | |
3430 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
3431 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3432 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
3433 | } | |
3434 | ||
3435 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3436 | { | |
3437 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; | |
3438 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; | |
3439 | } | |
3440 | else | |
3441 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3442 | } | |
3443 | ||
3444 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3445 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3446 | } | |
3447 | ||
3448 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
3449 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) | |
3450 | { | |
3451 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs) | |
3452 | p->p_offset = off; | |
3453 | else | |
3454 | { | |
3455 | file_ptr adjust; | |
3456 | ||
3457 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); | |
3458 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
3459 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
3460 | } | |
3461 | } | |
3462 | ||
3463 | voff = off; | |
3464 | ||
3465 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
3466 | { | |
3467 | asection *sec; | |
3468 | flagword flags; | |
3469 | bfd_size_type align; | |
3470 | ||
3471 | sec = *secpp; | |
3472 | flags = sec->flags; | |
3473 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); | |
3474 | ||
3475 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a | |
3476 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the | |
3477 | cumulative phdr lma and the section's lma. */ | |
3478 | if (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz < sec->lma) | |
3479 | { | |
3480 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); | |
3481 | ||
3482 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
3483 | off += adjust; | |
3484 | voff += adjust; | |
3485 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3486 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
3487 | } | |
3488 | ||
3489 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3490 | { | |
3491 | bfd_signed_vma adjust; | |
3492 | ||
3493 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3494 | { | |
3495 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); | |
3496 | if (adjust < 0) | |
3497 | adjust = 0; | |
3498 | } | |
3499 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3500 | { | |
3501 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position | |
3502 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if | |
3503 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to | |
3504 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then | |
3505 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */ | |
3506 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3507 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize; | |
3508 | else | |
3509 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align; | |
3510 | } | |
3511 | else | |
3512 | adjust = 0; | |
3513 | ||
3514 | if (adjust != 0) | |
3515 | { | |
3516 | if (i == 0) | |
3517 | { | |
3518 | (* _bfd_error_handler) (_("\ | |
3519 | Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x"), | |
3520 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec), | |
3521 | sec->lma, | |
3522 | p->p_paddr); | |
3523 | return false; | |
3524 | } | |
3525 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
3526 | off += adjust; | |
3527 | voff += adjust; | |
3528 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3529 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
3530 | } | |
3531 | ||
3532 | sec->filepos = off; | |
3533 | ||
3534 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is | |
3535 | used in a linker script we may have a section with | |
3536 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have | |
3537 | contents. */ | |
3538 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
3539 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0) | |
3540 | off += sec->_raw_size; | |
3541 | ||
3542 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3543 | voff += sec->_raw_size; | |
3544 | } | |
3545 | ||
3546 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
3547 | { | |
3548 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0. | |
3549 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */ | |
3550 | if (i == 0) | |
3551 | { | |
3552 | sec->filepos = off; | |
3553 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size; | |
3554 | off += sec->_raw_size; | |
3555 | voff = off; | |
3556 | } | |
3557 | else | |
3558 | { | |
3559 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */ | |
3560 | sec->filepos = 0; | |
3561 | sec->_raw_size = 0; | |
3562 | flags = sec->flags = 0; | |
3563 | } | |
3564 | p->p_memsz = 0; | |
3565 | p->p_align = 1; | |
3566 | } | |
3567 | else | |
3568 | { | |
3569 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size; | |
3570 | ||
3571 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3572 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size; | |
3573 | ||
3574 | if (align > p->p_align | |
3575 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) | |
3576 | p->p_align = align; | |
3577 | } | |
3578 | ||
3579 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) | |
3580 | { | |
3581 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
3582 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
3583 | p->p_flags |= PF_X; | |
3584 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
3585 | p->p_flags |= PF_W; | |
3586 | } | |
3587 | } | |
3588 | } | |
3589 | ||
3590 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up | |
3591 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ | |
3592 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; | |
3593 | m != NULL; | |
3594 | m = m->next, p++) | |
3595 | { | |
3596 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0) | |
3597 | { | |
3598 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs); | |
3599 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; | |
3600 | } | |
3601 | if (m->count == 0) | |
3602 | { | |
3603 | if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
3604 | { | |
3605 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; | |
3606 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3607 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; | |
3608 | } | |
3609 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
3610 | { | |
3611 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; | |
3612 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3613 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; | |
3614 | } | |
3615 | } | |
3616 | } | |
3617 | ||
3618 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */ | |
3619 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++) | |
3620 | { | |
3621 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); | |
3622 | p->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
3623 | } | |
3624 | ||
3625 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; | |
3626 | ||
3627 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
3628 | ||
3629 | /* Write out the program headers. */ | |
3630 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
3631 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0) | |
3632 | return false; | |
3633 | ||
3634 | return true; | |
3635 | } | |
3636 | ||
3637 | /* Get the size of the program header. | |
3638 | ||
3639 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it | |
3640 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only | |
3641 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, | |
3642 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one | |
3643 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). | |
3644 | ||
3645 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there | |
3646 | will be two segments. */ | |
3647 | ||
3648 | static bfd_size_type | |
3649 | get_program_header_size (abfd) | |
3650 | bfd *abfd; | |
3651 | { | |
3652 | size_t segs; | |
3653 | asection *s; | |
3654 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3655 | ||
3656 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ | |
3657 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0) | |
3658 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
3659 | ||
3660 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL) | |
3661 | { | |
3662 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
3663 | ||
3664 | segs = 0; | |
3665 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
3666 | ++segs; | |
3667 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3668 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
3669 | } | |
3670 | ||
3671 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text | |
3672 | and one for data. */ | |
3673 | segs = 2; | |
3674 | ||
3675 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
3676 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3677 | { | |
3678 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a | |
3679 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a | |
3680 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all | |
3681 | targets. */ | |
3682 | segs += 2; | |
3683 | } | |
3684 | ||
3685 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) | |
3686 | { | |
3687 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
3688 | ++segs; | |
3689 | } | |
3690 | ||
3691 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr | |
3692 | && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".eh_frame_hdr") != NULL) | |
3693 | { | |
3694 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ | |
3695 | ++segs; | |
3696 | } | |
3697 | ||
3698 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
3699 | { | |
3700 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
3701 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) | |
3702 | { | |
3703 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ | |
3704 | ++segs; | |
3705 | } | |
3706 | } | |
3707 | ||
3708 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ | |
3709 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) | |
3710 | { | |
3711 | int a; | |
3712 | ||
3713 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd); | |
3714 | if (a == -1) | |
3715 | abort (); | |
3716 | segs += a; | |
3717 | } | |
3718 | ||
3719 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3720 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
3721 | } | |
3722 | ||
3723 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by | |
3724 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and | |
3725 | VMAs must be known before this is called. | |
3726 | ||
3727 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form | |
3728 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file | |
3729 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by | |
3730 | write_object_contents and final_link. | |
3731 | ||
3732 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ | |
3733 | ||
3734 | static boolean | |
3735 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd) | |
3736 | bfd *abfd; | |
3737 | { | |
3738 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
3739 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
3740 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
3741 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
3742 | file_ptr off; | |
3743 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3744 | ||
3745 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 | |
3746 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) | |
3747 | { | |
3748 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; | |
3749 | unsigned int i; | |
3750 | ||
3751 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ | |
3752 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; | |
3753 | ||
3754 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are | |
3755 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of | |
3756 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ | |
3757 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) | |
3758 | { | |
3759 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
3760 | ||
3761 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
3762 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
3763 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA | |
3764 | || i == tdata->symtab_section | |
3765 | || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section | |
3766 | || i == tdata->strtab_section) | |
3767 | { | |
3768 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
3769 | } | |
3770 | else | |
3771 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
3772 | ||
3773 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1) | |
3774 | { | |
3775 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
3776 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
3777 | } | |
3778 | } | |
3779 | } | |
3780 | else | |
3781 | { | |
3782 | unsigned int i; | |
3783 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; | |
3784 | ||
3785 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the | |
3786 | assignment of sections to segments. */ | |
3787 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)) | |
3788 | return false; | |
3789 | ||
3790 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ | |
3791 | ||
3792 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
3793 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) | |
3794 | { | |
3795 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
3796 | ||
3797 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
3798 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL | |
3799 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0) | |
3800 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos; | |
3801 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3802 | { | |
3803 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
3804 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), | |
3805 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), | |
3806 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL | |
3807 | ? "*unknown*" | |
3808 | : hdr->bfd_section->name))); | |
3809 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3810 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize; | |
3811 | else | |
3812 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign; | |
3813 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, | |
3814 | false); | |
3815 | } | |
3816 | else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
3817 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA | |
3818 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] | |
3819 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] | |
3820 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) | |
3821 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
3822 | else | |
3823 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
3824 | ||
3825 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1) | |
3826 | { | |
3827 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
3828 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
3829 | } | |
3830 | } | |
3831 | } | |
3832 | ||
3833 | /* Place the section headers. */ | |
3834 | off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align); | |
3835 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; | |
3836 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; | |
3837 | ||
3838 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
3839 | ||
3840 | return true; | |
3841 | } | |
3842 | ||
3843 | static boolean | |
3844 | prep_headers (abfd) | |
3845 | bfd *abfd; | |
3846 | { | |
3847 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ | |
3848 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ | |
3849 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ | |
3850 | int count; | |
3851 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; | |
3852 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3853 | ||
3854 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
3855 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
3856 | ||
3857 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); | |
3858 | if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
3859 | return false; | |
3860 | ||
3861 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; | |
3862 | ||
3863 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; | |
3864 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; | |
3865 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; | |
3866 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; | |
3867 | ||
3868 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; | |
3869 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = | |
3870 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; | |
3871 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; | |
3872 | ||
3873 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_NONE; | |
3874 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 0; | |
3875 | ||
3876 | for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++) | |
3877 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0; | |
3878 | ||
3879 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) | |
3880 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; | |
3881 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) | |
3882 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; | |
3883 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
3884 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; | |
3885 | else | |
3886 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; | |
3887 | ||
3888 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
3889 | { | |
3890 | case bfd_arch_unknown: | |
3891 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; | |
3892 | break; | |
3893 | ||
3894 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting | |
3895 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE | |
3896 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, | |
3897 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling | |
3898 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), | |
3899 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. | |
3900 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for | |
3901 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ | |
3902 | default: | |
3903 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd) != NULL) | |
3904 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_machine_code; | |
3905 | else | |
3906 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; | |
3907 | } | |
3908 | ||
3909 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; | |
3910 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3911 | ||
3912 | /* No program header, for now. */ | |
3913 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; | |
3914 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; | |
3915 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; | |
3916 | ||
3917 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ | |
3918 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); | |
3919 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; | |
3920 | ||
3921 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ | |
3922 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) | |
3923 | { | |
3924 | /* It all happens later. */ | |
3925 | #if 0 | |
3926 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); | |
3927 | ||
3928 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of | |
3929 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */ | |
3930 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); | |
3931 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; | |
3932 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; | |
3933 | #endif | |
3934 | } | |
3935 | else | |
3936 | { | |
3937 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; | |
3938 | i_phdrp = 0; | |
3939 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; | |
3940 | } | |
3941 | ||
3942 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
3943 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", false); | |
3944 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
3945 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", false); | |
3946 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
3947 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", false); | |
3948 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
3949 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
3950 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
3951 | return false; | |
3952 | ||
3953 | return true; | |
3954 | } | |
3955 | ||
3956 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part | |
3957 | of the loadable file image. */ | |
3958 | ||
3959 | void | |
3960 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd) | |
3961 | bfd *abfd; | |
3962 | { | |
3963 | file_ptr off; | |
3964 | unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
3965 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; | |
3966 | ||
3967 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
3968 | ||
3969 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
3970 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) | |
3971 | { | |
3972 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; | |
3973 | ||
3974 | shdrp = *shdrpp; | |
3975 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
3976 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) | |
3977 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true); | |
3978 | } | |
3979 | ||
3980 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
3981 | } | |
3982 | ||
3983 | boolean | |
3984 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd) | |
3985 | bfd *abfd; | |
3986 | { | |
3987 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3988 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; | |
3989 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
3990 | boolean failed; | |
3991 | unsigned int count, num_sec; | |
3992 | ||
3993 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
3994 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions | |
3995 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) | |
3996 | return false; | |
3997 | ||
3998 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
3999 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
4000 | ||
4001 | failed = false; | |
4002 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); | |
4003 | if (failed) | |
4004 | return false; | |
4005 | ||
4006 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); | |
4007 | ||
4008 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ | |
4009 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
4010 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) | |
4011 | { | |
4012 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) | |
4013 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); | |
4014 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) | |
4015 | { | |
4016 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; | |
4017 | ||
4018 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
4019 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) | |
4020 | return false; | |
4021 | } | |
4022 | if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1) | |
4023 | count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; | |
4024 | } | |
4025 | ||
4026 | /* Write out the section header names. */ | |
4027 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
4028 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))) | |
4029 | return false; | |
4030 | ||
4031 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) | |
4032 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, | |
4033 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); | |
4034 | ||
4035 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); | |
4036 | } | |
4037 | ||
4038 | boolean | |
4039 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (abfd) | |
4040 | bfd *abfd; | |
4041 | { | |
4042 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ | |
4043 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); | |
4044 | } | |
4045 | ||
4046 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ | |
4047 | ||
4048 | int | |
4049 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect) | |
4050 | bfd *abfd; | |
4051 | struct sec *asect; | |
4052 | { | |
4053 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4054 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
4055 | int index; | |
4056 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
4057 | int maxindex = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
4058 | ||
4059 | if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL | |
4060 | && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) | |
4061 | return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; | |
4062 | ||
4063 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) | |
4064 | return SHN_ABS; | |
4065 | if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) | |
4066 | return SHN_COMMON; | |
4067 | if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) | |
4068 | return SHN_UNDEF; | |
4069 | ||
4070 | for (index = 1; index < maxindex; index++) | |
4071 | { | |
4072 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; | |
4073 | if (hdr != NULL && hdr->bfd_section == asect) | |
4074 | return index; | |
4075 | } | |
4076 | ||
4077 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) | |
4078 | { | |
4079 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) | |
4080 | { | |
4081 | int retval; | |
4082 | ||
4083 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; | |
4084 | if (hdr == NULL) | |
4085 | continue; | |
4086 | ||
4087 | retval = index; | |
4088 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) | |
4089 | (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval)) | |
4090 | return retval; | |
4091 | } | |
4092 | } | |
4093 | ||
4094 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); | |
4095 | ||
4096 | return SHN_BAD; | |
4097 | } | |
4098 | ||
4099 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 | |
4100 | on error. */ | |
4101 | ||
4102 | int | |
4103 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr) | |
4104 | bfd *abfd; | |
4105 | asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr; | |
4106 | { | |
4107 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; | |
4108 | int idx; | |
4109 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; | |
4110 | ||
4111 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its | |
4112 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the | |
4113 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating | |
4114 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the | |
4115 | input sections rather than the output section. */ | |
4116 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 | |
4117 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
4118 | && asym_ptr->section) | |
4119 | { | |
4120 | int indx; | |
4121 | ||
4122 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL) | |
4123 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; | |
4124 | else | |
4125 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index; | |
4126 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) | |
4127 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) | |
4128 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; | |
4129 | } | |
4130 | ||
4131 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; | |
4132 | ||
4133 | if (idx == 0) | |
4134 | { | |
4135 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol | |
4136 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ | |
4137 | (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
4138 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"), | |
4139 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); | |
4140 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); | |
4141 | return -1; | |
4142 | } | |
4143 | ||
4144 | #if DEBUG & 4 | |
4145 | { | |
4146 | fprintf (stderr, | |
4147 | _("elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n"), | |
4148 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, | |
4149 | elf_symbol_flags (flags)); | |
4150 | fflush (stderr); | |
4151 | } | |
4152 | #endif | |
4153 | ||
4154 | return idx; | |
4155 | } | |
4156 | ||
4157 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */ | |
4158 | ||
4159 | static boolean | |
4160 | copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd) | |
4161 | bfd *ibfd; | |
4162 | bfd *obfd; | |
4163 | { | |
4164 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * iehdr; | |
4165 | struct elf_segment_map * map; | |
4166 | struct elf_segment_map * map_first; | |
4167 | struct elf_segment_map ** pointer_to_map; | |
4168 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * segment; | |
4169 | asection * section; | |
4170 | unsigned int i; | |
4171 | unsigned int num_segments; | |
4172 | boolean phdr_included = false; | |
4173 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
4174 | struct elf_segment_map * phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; | |
4175 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; | |
4176 | ||
4177 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
4178 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
4179 | return true; | |
4180 | ||
4181 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) | |
4182 | return true; | |
4183 | ||
4184 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); | |
4185 | ||
4186 | map_first = NULL; | |
4187 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; | |
4188 | ||
4189 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
4190 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; | |
4191 | ||
4192 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ | |
4193 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ | |
4194 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ | |
4195 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) | |
4196 | ||
4197 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within | |
4198 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ | |
4199 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ | |
4200 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ | |
4201 | && (section->vma + section->_raw_size) \ | |
4202 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))) | |
4203 | ||
4204 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within | |
4205 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ | |
4206 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ | |
4207 | (section->lma >= base \ | |
4208 | && (section->lma + section->_raw_size) \ | |
4209 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)) | |
4210 | ||
4211 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ | |
4212 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ | |
4213 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ | |
4214 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ | |
4215 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \ | |
4216 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
4217 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ | |
4218 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz) | |
4219 | ||
4220 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris | |
4221 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and | |
4222 | p_memsz set to 0. */ | |
4223 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ | |
4224 | ( p->p_vaddr == 0 \ | |
4225 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ | |
4226 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ | |
4227 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \ | |
4228 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
4229 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ | |
4230 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) | |
4231 | ||
4232 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. | |
4233 | A section will be included if: | |
4234 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA | |
4235 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, | |
4236 | 2. It is an allocated segment, | |
4237 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, | |
4238 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. */ | |
4239 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment) \ | |
4240 | (((((segment->p_paddr \ | |
4241 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ | |
4242 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ | |
4243 | || IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) \ | |
4244 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ | |
4245 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \ | |
4246 | && section->output_section != NULL \ | |
4247 | && section->segment_mark == false) | |
4248 | ||
4249 | /* Returns true iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ | |
4250 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2) \ | |
4251 | (seg1->p_vaddr >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->p_vaddr)) | |
4252 | ||
4253 | /* Returns true iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. */ | |
4254 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ | |
4255 | (!(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2) || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1))) | |
4256 | ||
4257 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ | |
4258 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
4259 | section->segment_mark = false; | |
4260 | ||
4261 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header | |
4262 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps | |
4263 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird | |
4264 | parameters to objcopy. */ | |
4265 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
4266 | i < num_segments; | |
4267 | i++, segment++) | |
4268 | { | |
4269 | unsigned int j; | |
4270 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; | |
4271 | ||
4272 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
4273 | continue; | |
4274 | ||
4275 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ | |
4276 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++) | |
4277 | { | |
4278 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; | |
4279 | ||
4280 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD | |
4281 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) | |
4282 | continue; | |
4283 | ||
4284 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ | |
4285 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) | |
4286 | { | |
4287 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete | |
4288 | SEGMENT. */ | |
4289 | extra_length = | |
4290 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) | |
4291 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr); | |
4292 | ||
4293 | if (extra_length > 0) | |
4294 | { | |
4295 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
4296 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
4297 | } | |
4298 | ||
4299 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
4300 | ||
4301 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ | |
4302 | i = 0; | |
4303 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
4304 | break; | |
4305 | } | |
4306 | else | |
4307 | { | |
4308 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete | |
4309 | SEGMENT2. */ | |
4310 | extra_length = | |
4311 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) | |
4312 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr); | |
4313 | ||
4314 | if (extra_length > 0) | |
4315 | { | |
4316 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
4317 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
4318 | } | |
4319 | ||
4320 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
4321 | } | |
4322 | } | |
4323 | } | |
4324 | ||
4325 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ | |
4326 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
4327 | i < num_segments; | |
4328 | i ++, segment ++) | |
4329 | { | |
4330 | unsigned int section_count; | |
4331 | asection ** sections; | |
4332 | asection * output_section; | |
4333 | unsigned int isec; | |
4334 | bfd_vma matching_lma; | |
4335 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; | |
4336 | unsigned int j; | |
4337 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
4338 | ||
4339 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) | |
4340 | continue; | |
4341 | ||
4342 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ | |
4343 | section_count = 0; | |
4344 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
4345 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment)) | |
4346 | ++section_count; | |
4347 | ||
4348 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain all of the | |
4349 | sections we have selected. */ | |
4350 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
4351 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
4352 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); | |
4353 | if (map == NULL) | |
4354 | return false; | |
4355 | ||
4356 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to | |
4357 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ | |
4358 | map->next = NULL; | |
4359 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
4360 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
4361 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
4362 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; | |
4363 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; | |
4364 | ||
4365 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header | |
4366 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ | |
4367 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 | |
4368 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); | |
4369 | ||
4370 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
4371 | ||
4372 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
4373 | { | |
4374 | map->includes_phdrs = | |
4375 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
4376 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz | |
4377 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
4378 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); | |
4379 | ||
4380 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) | |
4381 | phdr_included = true; | |
4382 | } | |
4383 | ||
4384 | if (section_count == 0) | |
4385 | { | |
4386 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain | |
4387 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain | |
4388 | something. */ | |
4389 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
4390 | _bfd_error_handler | |
4391 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected\n"), | |
4392 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd)); | |
4393 | ||
4394 | map->count = 0; | |
4395 | *pointer_to_map = map; | |
4396 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
4397 | ||
4398 | continue; | |
4399 | } | |
4400 | ||
4401 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt | |
4402 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. | |
4403 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has | |
4404 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: | |
4405 | ||
4406 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. | |
4407 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the | |
4408 | input BFD. | |
4409 | ||
4410 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. | |
4411 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
4412 | of the first section. | |
4413 | ||
4414 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. | |
4415 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be | |
4416 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, | |
4417 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will | |
4418 | have to be created to contain the other sections. | |
4419 | ||
4420 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not be the same amount. | |
4421 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
4422 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment | |
4423 | or segments to contain the other sections. | |
4424 | ||
4425 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section | |
4426 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned | |
4427 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ | |
4428 | ||
4429 | amt = (bfd_size_type) section_count * sizeof (asection *); | |
4430 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
4431 | if (sections == NULL) | |
4432 | return false; | |
4433 | ||
4434 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. | |
4435 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. | |
4436 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common | |
4437 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that | |
4438 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing | |
4439 | more to do. */ | |
4440 | isec = 0; | |
4441 | matching_lma = 0; | |
4442 | suggested_lma = 0; | |
4443 | ||
4444 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections; | |
4445 | section != NULL; | |
4446 | section = section->next) | |
4447 | { | |
4448 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment)) | |
4449 | { | |
4450 | output_section = section->output_section; | |
4451 | ||
4452 | sections[j ++] = section; | |
4453 | ||
4454 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. | |
4455 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the | |
4456 | correct value. */ | |
4457 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 | |
4458 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 | |
4459 | && isec == 0 | |
4460 | && output_section->lma != 0 | |
4461 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr | |
4462 | + (map->includes_filehdr | |
4463 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize | |
4464 | : 0) | |
4465 | + (map->includes_phdrs | |
4466 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum | |
4467 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) | |
4468 | : 0)))) | |
4469 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; | |
4470 | ||
4471 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the | |
4472 | LMA address of the output section. */ | |
4473 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) | |
4474 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) | |
4475 | { | |
4476 | if (matching_lma == 0) | |
4477 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; | |
4478 | ||
4479 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment | |
4480 | then it does not overlap any other section within that | |
4481 | segment. */ | |
4482 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section; | |
4483 | } | |
4484 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) | |
4485 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; | |
4486 | } | |
4487 | } | |
4488 | ||
4489 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); | |
4490 | ||
4491 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, | |
4492 | if necessary. */ | |
4493 | if (isec == section_count) | |
4494 | { | |
4495 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently | |
4496 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to | |
4497 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next | |
4498 | program header in the input BFD. */ | |
4499 | map->count = section_count; | |
4500 | *pointer_to_map = map; | |
4501 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
4502 | ||
4503 | free (sections); | |
4504 | continue; | |
4505 | } | |
4506 | else | |
4507 | { | |
4508 | if (matching_lma != 0) | |
4509 | { | |
4510 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. | |
4511 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the | |
4512 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ | |
4513 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; | |
4514 | } | |
4515 | else | |
4516 | { | |
4517 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. | |
4518 | Change the current segment's physical address to match | |
4519 | the LMA of the first section. */ | |
4520 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; | |
4521 | } | |
4522 | ||
4523 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma | |
4524 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ | |
4525 | if (map->includes_filehdr) | |
4526 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; | |
4527 | ||
4528 | if (map->includes_phdrs) | |
4529 | { | |
4530 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
4531 | ||
4532 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number | |
4533 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note | |
4534 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose | |
4535 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the | |
4536 | offset when we know the correct value. */ | |
4537 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; | |
4538 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; | |
4539 | } | |
4540 | } | |
4541 | ||
4542 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning | |
4543 | those that fit to the current segment and remvoing them from the | |
4544 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all | |
4545 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is | |
4546 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain | |
4547 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating | |
4548 | the loop. */ | |
4549 | isec = 0; | |
4550 | do | |
4551 | { | |
4552 | map->count = 0; | |
4553 | suggested_lma = 0; | |
4554 | ||
4555 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ | |
4556 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) | |
4557 | { | |
4558 | section = sections[j]; | |
4559 | ||
4560 | if (section == NULL) | |
4561 | continue; | |
4562 | ||
4563 | output_section = section->output_section; | |
4564 | ||
4565 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); | |
4566 | ||
4567 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) | |
4568 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) | |
4569 | { | |
4570 | if (map->count == 0) | |
4571 | { | |
4572 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at | |
4573 | the beginning of the segment, then something is | |
4574 | wrong. */ | |
4575 | if (output_section->lma != | |
4576 | (map->p_paddr | |
4577 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) | |
4578 | + (map->includes_phdrs | |
4579 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize | |
4580 | : 0))) | |
4581 | abort (); | |
4582 | } | |
4583 | else | |
4584 | { | |
4585 | asection * prev_sec; | |
4586 | ||
4587 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; | |
4588 | ||
4589 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section | |
4590 | and the start of this section is more than | |
4591 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ | |
4592 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size, | |
4593 | maxpagesize) | |
4594 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) | |
4595 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) | |
4596 | > output_section->lma)) | |
4597 | { | |
4598 | if (suggested_lma == 0) | |
4599 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; | |
4600 | ||
4601 | continue; | |
4602 | } | |
4603 | } | |
4604 | ||
4605 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; | |
4606 | ++isec; | |
4607 | sections[j] = NULL; | |
4608 | section->segment_mark = true; | |
4609 | } | |
4610 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) | |
4611 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; | |
4612 | } | |
4613 | ||
4614 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); | |
4615 | ||
4616 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ | |
4617 | *pointer_to_map = map; | |
4618 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
4619 | ||
4620 | if (isec < section_count) | |
4621 | { | |
4622 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to | |
4623 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it | |
4624 | and carry on looping. */ | |
4625 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
4626 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
4627 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); | |
4628 | if (map == NULL) | |
4629 | return false; | |
4630 | ||
4631 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical | |
4632 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has | |
4633 | not yet been assigned. */ | |
4634 | map->next = NULL; | |
4635 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
4636 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
4637 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
4638 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; | |
4639 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; | |
4640 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; | |
4641 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
4642 | } | |
4643 | } | |
4644 | while (isec < section_count); | |
4645 | ||
4646 | free (sections); | |
4647 | } | |
4648 | ||
4649 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the | |
4650 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a | |
4651 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it | |
4652 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ | |
4653 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) | |
4654 | if (map->p_paddr != 0) | |
4655 | break; | |
4656 | if (map == NULL) | |
4657 | { | |
4658 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) | |
4659 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0; | |
4660 | } | |
4661 | ||
4662 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; | |
4663 | ||
4664 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were | |
4665 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust | |
4666 | the offset if necessary. */ | |
4667 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) | |
4668 | { | |
4669 | unsigned int count; | |
4670 | ||
4671 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) | |
4672 | count++; | |
4673 | ||
4674 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) | |
4675 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr | |
4676 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
4677 | } | |
4678 | ||
4679 | #if 0 | |
4680 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical | |
4681 | address. */ | |
4682 | if (map_first != NULL) | |
4683 | { | |
4684 | struct elf_segment_map *prev; | |
4685 | ||
4686 | prev = map_first; | |
4687 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL; prev = map, map = map->next) | |
4688 | { | |
4689 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */ | |
4690 | if (map->next != NULL && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr)) | |
4691 | { | |
4692 | /* Swap map and map->next. */ | |
4693 | prev->next = map->next; | |
4694 | map->next = map->next->next; | |
4695 | prev->next->next = map; | |
4696 | ||
4697 | /* Restart loop. */ | |
4698 | map = map_first; | |
4699 | } | |
4700 | } | |
4701 | } | |
4702 | #endif | |
4703 | ||
4704 | #undef SEGMENT_END | |
4705 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA | |
4706 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA | |
4707 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE | |
4708 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP | |
4709 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT | |
4710 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT | |
4711 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS | |
4712 | return true; | |
4713 | } | |
4714 | ||
4715 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize | |
4716 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ | |
4717 | ||
4718 | boolean | |
4719 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec) | |
4720 | bfd *ibfd; | |
4721 | asection *isec; | |
4722 | bfd *obfd; | |
4723 | asection *osec; | |
4724 | { | |
4725 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; | |
4726 | ||
4727 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
4728 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
4729 | return true; | |
4730 | ||
4731 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. | |
4732 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data | |
4733 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section | |
4734 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have | |
4735 | already been worked out. */ | |
4736 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL | |
4737 | && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) | |
4738 | { | |
4739 | asection *s; | |
4740 | ||
4741 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC | |
4742 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is | |
4743 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy | |
4744 | won't call this routine in that case. */ | |
4745 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4746 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
4747 | break; | |
4748 | if (s == NULL) | |
4749 | { | |
4750 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) | |
4751 | return false; | |
4752 | } | |
4753 | } | |
4754 | ||
4755 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; | |
4756 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; | |
4757 | ||
4758 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; | |
4759 | ||
4760 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
4761 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM | |
4762 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed | |
4763 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) | |
4764 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; | |
4765 | ||
4766 | elf_section_data (osec)->use_rela_p | |
4767 | = elf_section_data (isec)->use_rela_p; | |
4768 | ||
4769 | return true; | |
4770 | } | |
4771 | ||
4772 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section | |
4773 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section | |
4774 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped | |
4775 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the | |
4776 | swap_out_syms function. */ | |
4777 | ||
4778 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) | |
4779 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) | |
4780 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) | |
4781 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) | |
4782 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) | |
4783 | ||
4784 | boolean | |
4785 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg) | |
4786 | bfd *ibfd; | |
4787 | asymbol *isymarg; | |
4788 | bfd *obfd; | |
4789 | asymbol *osymarg; | |
4790 | { | |
4791 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; | |
4792 | ||
4793 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
4794 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
4795 | return true; | |
4796 | ||
4797 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); | |
4798 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); | |
4799 | ||
4800 | if (isym != NULL | |
4801 | && osym != NULL | |
4802 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) | |
4803 | { | |
4804 | unsigned int shndx; | |
4805 | ||
4806 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
4807 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) | |
4808 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; | |
4809 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) | |
4810 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; | |
4811 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) | |
4812 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB; | |
4813 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) | |
4814 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; | |
4815 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section) | |
4816 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; | |
4817 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
4818 | } | |
4819 | ||
4820 | return true; | |
4821 | } | |
4822 | ||
4823 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ | |
4824 | ||
4825 | static boolean | |
4826 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp, relocatable_p) | |
4827 | bfd *abfd; | |
4828 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp; | |
4829 | int relocatable_p; | |
4830 | { | |
4831 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
4832 | int symcount; | |
4833 | asymbol **syms; | |
4834 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; | |
4835 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
4836 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
4837 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; | |
4838 | char *outbound_syms; | |
4839 | char *outbound_shndx; | |
4840 | int idx; | |
4841 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
4842 | ||
4843 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) | |
4844 | return false; | |
4845 | ||
4846 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ | |
4847 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); | |
4848 | if (stt == NULL) | |
4849 | return false; | |
4850 | ||
4851 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4852 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
4853 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
4854 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; | |
4855 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4856 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); | |
4857 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; | |
4858 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; | |
4859 | ||
4860 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
4861 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
4862 | ||
4863 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4864 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
4865 | if (outbound_syms == NULL) | |
4866 | return false; | |
4867 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms; | |
4868 | ||
4869 | outbound_shndx = NULL; | |
4870 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
4871 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) | |
4872 | { | |
4873 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
4874 | outbound_shndx = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
4875 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL) | |
4876 | return false; | |
4877 | memset (outbound_shndx, 0, (unsigned long) amt); | |
4878 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; | |
4879 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; | |
4880 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; | |
4881 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
4882 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
4883 | } | |
4884 | ||
4885 | /* now generate the data (for "contents") */ | |
4886 | { | |
4887 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ | |
4888 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
4889 | sym.st_name = 0; | |
4890 | sym.st_value = 0; | |
4891 | sym.st_size = 0; | |
4892 | sym.st_info = 0; | |
4893 | sym.st_other = 0; | |
4894 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; | |
4895 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); | |
4896 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4897 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) | |
4898 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
4899 | } | |
4900 | ||
4901 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); | |
4902 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
4903 | { | |
4904 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
4905 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; | |
4906 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; | |
4907 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; | |
4908 | int type; | |
4909 | ||
4910 | if ((flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
4911 | { | |
4912 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ | |
4913 | sym.st_name = 0; | |
4914 | } | |
4915 | else | |
4916 | { | |
4917 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, | |
4918 | syms[idx]->name, | |
4919 | true, false); | |
4920 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) | |
4921 | return false; | |
4922 | } | |
4923 | ||
4924 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); | |
4925 | ||
4926 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
4927 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
4928 | { | |
4929 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, | |
4930 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from | |
4931 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ | |
4932 | sym.st_size = value; | |
4933 | if (type_ptr == NULL | |
4934 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) | |
4935 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); | |
4936 | else | |
4937 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
4938 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section | |
4939 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); | |
4940 | } | |
4941 | else | |
4942 | { | |
4943 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; | |
4944 | int shndx; | |
4945 | ||
4946 | if (sec->output_section) | |
4947 | { | |
4948 | value += sec->output_offset; | |
4949 | sec = sec->output_section; | |
4950 | } | |
4951 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ | |
4952 | if (! relocatable_p) | |
4953 | value += sec->vma; | |
4954 | sym.st_value = value; | |
4955 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; | |
4956 | ||
4957 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) | |
4958 | && type_ptr != NULL | |
4959 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) | |
4960 | { | |
4961 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did | |
4962 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done | |
4963 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ | |
4964 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
4965 | switch (shndx) | |
4966 | { | |
4967 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB: | |
4968 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
4969 | break; | |
4970 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: | |
4971 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); | |
4972 | break; | |
4973 | case MAP_STRTAB: | |
4974 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; | |
4975 | break; | |
4976 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB: | |
4977 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; | |
4978 | break; | |
4979 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: | |
4980 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section; | |
4981 | break; | |
4982 | default: | |
4983 | break; | |
4984 | } | |
4985 | } | |
4986 | else | |
4987 | { | |
4988 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); | |
4989 | ||
4990 | if (shndx == -1) | |
4991 | { | |
4992 | asection *sec2; | |
4993 | ||
4994 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if | |
4995 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and | |
4996 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to | |
4997 | demand of applications. For example, it | |
4998 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the | |
4999 | section of a symbol to be a section that is | |
5000 | actually in the output file. */ | |
5001 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); | |
5002 | BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0); | |
5003 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); | |
5004 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1); | |
5005 | } | |
5006 | } | |
5007 | ||
5008 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
5009 | } | |
5010 | ||
5011 | if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) | |
5012 | type = STT_FUNC; | |
5013 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) | |
5014 | type = STT_OBJECT; | |
5015 | else | |
5016 | type = STT_NOTYPE; | |
5017 | ||
5018 | /* Processor-specific types */ | |
5019 | if (type_ptr != NULL | |
5020 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) | |
5021 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) | |
5022 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); | |
5023 | ||
5024 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
5025 | { | |
5026 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
5027 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); | |
5028 | else | |
5029 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); | |
5030 | } | |
5031 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
5032 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); | |
5033 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
5034 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
5035 | ? STB_WEAK | |
5036 | : STB_GLOBAL), | |
5037 | type); | |
5038 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) | |
5039 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); | |
5040 | else | |
5041 | { | |
5042 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
5043 | ||
5044 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) | |
5045 | bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
5046 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
5047 | bind = STB_WEAK; | |
5048 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
5049 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; | |
5050 | ||
5051 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); | |
5052 | } | |
5053 | ||
5054 | if (type_ptr != NULL) | |
5055 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; | |
5056 | else | |
5057 | sym.st_other = 0; | |
5058 | ||
5059 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); | |
5060 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
5061 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) | |
5062 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
5063 | } | |
5064 | ||
5065 | *sttp = stt; | |
5066 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); | |
5067 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
5068 | ||
5069 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
5070 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
5071 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
5072 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
5073 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
5074 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
5075 | ||
5076 | return true; | |
5077 | } | |
5078 | ||
5079 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. | |
5080 | ||
5081 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate | |
5082 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table | |
5083 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ | |
5084 | ||
5085 | long | |
5086 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) | |
5087 | bfd *abfd; | |
5088 | { | |
5089 | long symcount; | |
5090 | long symtab_size; | |
5091 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
5092 | ||
5093 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
5094 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
5095 | ||
5096 | return symtab_size; | |
5097 | } | |
5098 | ||
5099 | long | |
5100 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) | |
5101 | bfd *abfd; | |
5102 | { | |
5103 | long symcount; | |
5104 | long symtab_size; | |
5105 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
5106 | ||
5107 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
5108 | { | |
5109 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
5110 | return -1; | |
5111 | } | |
5112 | ||
5113 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
5114 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
5115 | ||
5116 | return symtab_size; | |
5117 | } | |
5118 | ||
5119 | long | |
5120 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect) | |
5121 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5122 | sec_ptr asect; | |
5123 | { | |
5124 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); | |
5125 | } | |
5126 | ||
5127 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ | |
5128 | ||
5129 | long | |
5130 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols) | |
5131 | bfd *abfd; | |
5132 | sec_ptr section; | |
5133 | arelent **relptr; | |
5134 | asymbol **symbols; | |
5135 | { | |
5136 | arelent *tblptr; | |
5137 | unsigned int i; | |
5138 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
5139 | ||
5140 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, false)) | |
5141 | return -1; | |
5142 | ||
5143 | tblptr = section->relocation; | |
5144 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) | |
5145 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; | |
5146 | ||
5147 | *relptr = NULL; | |
5148 | ||
5149 | return section->reloc_count; | |
5150 | } | |
5151 | ||
5152 | long | |
5153 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation) | |
5154 | bfd *abfd; | |
5155 | asymbol **alocation; | |
5156 | { | |
5157 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
5158 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false); | |
5159 | ||
5160 | if (symcount >= 0) | |
5161 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; | |
5162 | return symcount; | |
5163 | } | |
5164 | ||
5165 | long | |
5166 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation) | |
5167 | bfd *abfd; | |
5168 | asymbol **alocation; | |
5169 | { | |
5170 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
5171 | return bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true); | |
5172 | } | |
5173 | ||
5174 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any | |
5175 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type | |
5176 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is | |
5177 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ | |
5178 | ||
5179 | long | |
5180 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd) | |
5181 | bfd *abfd; | |
5182 | { | |
5183 | long ret; | |
5184 | asection *s; | |
5185 | ||
5186 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
5187 | { | |
5188 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
5189 | return -1; | |
5190 | } | |
5191 | ||
5192 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); | |
5193 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
5194 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
5195 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
5196 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
5197 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) | |
5198 | * sizeof (arelent *)); | |
5199 | ||
5200 | return ret; | |
5201 | } | |
5202 | ||
5203 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return | |
5204 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are | |
5205 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which | |
5206 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there | |
5207 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually | |
5208 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses | |
5209 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc | |
5210 | section. */ | |
5211 | ||
5212 | long | |
5213 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms) | |
5214 | bfd *abfd; | |
5215 | arelent **storage; | |
5216 | asymbol **syms; | |
5217 | { | |
5218 | boolean (*slurp_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean)); | |
5219 | asection *s; | |
5220 | long ret; | |
5221 | ||
5222 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
5223 | { | |
5224 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
5225 | return -1; | |
5226 | } | |
5227 | ||
5228 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; | |
5229 | ret = 0; | |
5230 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
5231 | { | |
5232 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
5233 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
5234 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
5235 | { | |
5236 | arelent *p; | |
5237 | long count, i; | |
5238 | ||
5239 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, true)) | |
5240 | return -1; | |
5241 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; | |
5242 | p = s->relocation; | |
5243 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
5244 | *storage++ = p++; | |
5245 | ret += count; | |
5246 | } | |
5247 | } | |
5248 | ||
5249 | *storage = NULL; | |
5250 | ||
5251 | return ret; | |
5252 | } | |
5253 | \f | |
5254 | /* Read in the version information. */ | |
5255 | ||
5256 | boolean | |
5257 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd) | |
5258 | bfd *abfd; | |
5259 | { | |
5260 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; | |
5261 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
5262 | ||
5263 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
5264 | { | |
5265 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
5266 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; | |
5267 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; | |
5268 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; | |
5269 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; | |
5270 | unsigned int i; | |
5271 | unsigned int maxidx; | |
5272 | ||
5273 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; | |
5274 | ||
5275 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); | |
5276 | if (contents == NULL) | |
5277 | goto error_return; | |
5278 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
5279 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) | |
5280 | goto error_return; | |
5281 | ||
5282 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum | |
5283 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find | |
5284 | the maximum. */ | |
5285 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; | |
5286 | maxidx = 0; | |
5287 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) | |
5288 | { | |
5289 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); | |
5290 | ||
5291 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) | |
5292 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); | |
5293 | ||
5294 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
5295 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); | |
5296 | } | |
5297 | ||
5298 | amt = (bfd_size_type) maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef); | |
5299 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5300 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
5301 | goto error_return; | |
5302 | ||
5303 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; | |
5304 | ||
5305 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; | |
5306 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; | |
5307 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) | |
5308 | { | |
5309 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; | |
5310 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; | |
5311 | unsigned int j; | |
5312 | ||
5313 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); | |
5314 | ||
5315 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; | |
5316 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); | |
5317 | ||
5318 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; | |
5319 | ||
5320 | amt = (bfd_size_type) iverdef->vd_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux); | |
5321 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Verdaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
5322 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) | |
5323 | goto error_return; | |
5324 | ||
5325 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
5326 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); | |
5327 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; | |
5328 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) | |
5329 | { | |
5330 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); | |
5331 | ||
5332 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = | |
5333 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
5334 | iverdaux->vda_name); | |
5335 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) | |
5336 | goto error_return; | |
5337 | ||
5338 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) | |
5339 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; | |
5340 | else | |
5341 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; | |
5342 | ||
5343 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
5344 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); | |
5345 | } | |
5346 | ||
5347 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; | |
5348 | ||
5349 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) | |
5350 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; | |
5351 | else | |
5352 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; | |
5353 | ||
5354 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
5355 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); | |
5356 | } | |
5357 | ||
5358 | free (contents); | |
5359 | contents = NULL; | |
5360 | } | |
5361 | ||
5362 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
5363 | { | |
5364 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
5365 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; | |
5366 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; | |
5367 | unsigned int i; | |
5368 | ||
5369 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; | |
5370 | ||
5371 | amt = (bfd_size_type) hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed); | |
5372 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = | |
5373 | (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5374 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) | |
5375 | goto error_return; | |
5376 | ||
5377 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; | |
5378 | ||
5379 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); | |
5380 | if (contents == NULL) | |
5381 | goto error_return; | |
5382 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
5383 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) | |
5384 | goto error_return; | |
5385 | ||
5386 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; | |
5387 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
5388 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) | |
5389 | { | |
5390 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; | |
5391 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; | |
5392 | unsigned int j; | |
5393 | ||
5394 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); | |
5395 | ||
5396 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; | |
5397 | ||
5398 | iverneed->vn_filename = | |
5399 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
5400 | iverneed->vn_file); | |
5401 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) | |
5402 | goto error_return; | |
5403 | ||
5404 | amt = iverneed->vn_cnt; | |
5405 | amt *= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux); | |
5406 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Vernaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
5407 | ||
5408 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
5409 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); | |
5410 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; | |
5411 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) | |
5412 | { | |
5413 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); | |
5414 | ||
5415 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = | |
5416 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
5417 | ivernaux->vna_name); | |
5418 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) | |
5419 | goto error_return; | |
5420 | ||
5421 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) | |
5422 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; | |
5423 | else | |
5424 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; | |
5425 | ||
5426 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
5427 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); | |
5428 | } | |
5429 | ||
5430 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) | |
5431 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; | |
5432 | else | |
5433 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; | |
5434 | ||
5435 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) | |
5436 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); | |
5437 | } | |
5438 | ||
5439 | free (contents); | |
5440 | contents = NULL; | |
5441 | } | |
5442 | ||
5443 | return true; | |
5444 | ||
5445 | error_return: | |
5446 | if (contents == NULL) | |
5447 | free (contents); | |
5448 | return false; | |
5449 | } | |
5450 | \f | |
5451 | asymbol * | |
5452 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd) | |
5453 | bfd *abfd; | |
5454 | { | |
5455 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; | |
5456 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); | |
5457 | ||
5458 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5459 | if (!newsym) | |
5460 | return NULL; | |
5461 | else | |
5462 | { | |
5463 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; | |
5464 | return &newsym->symbol; | |
5465 | } | |
5466 | } | |
5467 | ||
5468 | void | |
5469 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret) | |
5470 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5471 | asymbol *symbol; | |
5472 | symbol_info *ret; | |
5473 | { | |
5474 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); | |
5475 | } | |
5476 | ||
5477 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets | |
5478 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some | |
5479 | override it. */ | |
5480 | ||
5481 | boolean | |
5482 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name) | |
5483 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5484 | const char *name; | |
5485 | { | |
5486 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ | |
5487 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') | |
5488 | return true; | |
5489 | ||
5490 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate | |
5491 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ | |
5492 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') | |
5493 | return true; | |
5494 | ||
5495 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when | |
5496 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a | |
5497 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call | |
5498 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading | |
5499 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, | |
5500 | we treat such symbols as local. */ | |
5501 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') | |
5502 | return true; | |
5503 | ||
5504 | return false; | |
5505 | } | |
5506 | ||
5507 | alent * | |
5508 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol) | |
5509 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5510 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5511 | { | |
5512 | abort (); | |
5513 | return NULL; | |
5514 | } | |
5515 | ||
5516 | boolean | |
5517 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine) | |
5518 | bfd *abfd; | |
5519 | enum bfd_architecture arch; | |
5520 | unsigned long machine; | |
5521 | { | |
5522 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this | |
5523 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ | |
5524 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch | |
5525 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown | |
5526 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) | |
5527 | return false; | |
5528 | ||
5529 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); | |
5530 | } | |
5531 | ||
5532 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, | |
5533 | for error reporting. */ | |
5534 | ||
5535 | static boolean | |
5536 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
5537 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr) | |
5538 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5539 | asection *section; | |
5540 | asymbol **symbols; | |
5541 | bfd_vma offset; | |
5542 | const char **filename_ptr; | |
5543 | const char **functionname_ptr; | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | const char *filename; | |
5546 | asymbol *func; | |
5547 | bfd_vma low_func; | |
5548 | asymbol **p; | |
5549 | ||
5550 | filename = NULL; | |
5551 | func = NULL; | |
5552 | low_func = 0; | |
5553 | ||
5554 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) | |
5555 | { | |
5556 | elf_symbol_type *q; | |
5557 | ||
5558 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; | |
5559 | ||
5560 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section) | |
5561 | continue; | |
5562 | ||
5563 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) | |
5564 | { | |
5565 | default: | |
5566 | break; | |
5567 | case STT_FILE: | |
5568 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol); | |
5569 | break; | |
5570 | case STT_NOTYPE: | |
5571 | case STT_FUNC: | |
5572 | if (q->symbol.section == section | |
5573 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func | |
5574 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) | |
5575 | { | |
5576 | func = (asymbol *) q; | |
5577 | low_func = q->symbol.value; | |
5578 | } | |
5579 | break; | |
5580 | } | |
5581 | } | |
5582 | ||
5583 | if (func == NULL) | |
5584 | return false; | |
5585 | ||
5586 | if (filename_ptr) | |
5587 | *filename_ptr = filename; | |
5588 | if (functionname_ptr) | |
5589 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func); | |
5590 | ||
5591 | return true; | |
5592 | } | |
5593 | ||
5594 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, | |
5595 | for error reporting. */ | |
5596 | ||
5597 | boolean | |
5598 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
5599 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr) | |
5600 | bfd *abfd; | |
5601 | asection *section; | |
5602 | asymbol **symbols; | |
5603 | bfd_vma offset; | |
5604 | const char **filename_ptr; | |
5605 | const char **functionname_ptr; | |
5606 | unsigned int *line_ptr; | |
5607 | { | |
5608 | boolean found; | |
5609 | ||
5610 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
5611 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, | |
5612 | line_ptr)) | |
5613 | { | |
5614 | if (!*functionname_ptr) | |
5615 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
5616 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, | |
5617 | functionname_ptr); | |
5618 | ||
5619 | return true; | |
5620 | } | |
5621 | ||
5622 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
5623 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, | |
5624 | line_ptr, 0, | |
5625 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) | |
5626 | { | |
5627 | if (!*functionname_ptr) | |
5628 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
5629 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, | |
5630 | functionname_ptr); | |
5631 | ||
5632 | return true; | |
5633 | } | |
5634 | ||
5635 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, | |
5636 | &found, filename_ptr, | |
5637 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, | |
5638 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) | |
5639 | return false; | |
5640 | if (found) | |
5641 | return true; | |
5642 | ||
5643 | if (symbols == NULL) | |
5644 | return false; | |
5645 | ||
5646 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
5647 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) | |
5648 | return false; | |
5649 | ||
5650 | *line_ptr = 0; | |
5651 | return true; | |
5652 | } | |
5653 | ||
5654 | int | |
5655 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc) | |
5656 | bfd *abfd; | |
5657 | boolean reloc; | |
5658 | { | |
5659 | int ret; | |
5660 | ||
5661 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5662 | if (! reloc) | |
5663 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd); | |
5664 | return ret; | |
5665 | } | |
5666 | ||
5667 | boolean | |
5668 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) | |
5669 | bfd *abfd; | |
5670 | sec_ptr section; | |
5671 | PTR location; | |
5672 | file_ptr offset; | |
5673 | bfd_size_type count; | |
5674 | { | |
5675 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
5676 | bfd_signed_vma pos; | |
5677 | ||
5678 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
5679 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions | |
5680 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) | |
5681 | return false; | |
5682 | ||
5683 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; | |
5684 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; | |
5685 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
5686 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) | |
5687 | return false; | |
5688 | ||
5689 | return true; | |
5690 | } | |
5691 | ||
5692 | void | |
5693 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) | |
5694 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5695 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5696 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5697 | { | |
5698 | abort (); | |
5699 | } | |
5700 | ||
5701 | #if 0 | |
5702 | void | |
5703 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) | |
5704 | bfd *abfd; | |
5705 | arelent *cache_ptr; | |
5706 | Elf_Internal_Rel *dst; | |
5707 | { | |
5708 | abort (); | |
5709 | } | |
5710 | #endif | |
5711 | ||
5712 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ | |
5713 | ||
5714 | boolean | |
5715 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc) | |
5716 | bfd *abfd; | |
5717 | arelent *areloc; | |
5718 | { | |
5719 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ | |
5720 | ||
5721 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) | |
5722 | { | |
5723 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; | |
5724 | reloc_howto_type *howto; | |
5725 | ||
5726 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an | |
5727 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ | |
5728 | ||
5729 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) | |
5730 | { | |
5731 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
5732 | { | |
5733 | case 8: | |
5734 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; | |
5735 | break; | |
5736 | case 12: | |
5737 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; | |
5738 | break; | |
5739 | case 16: | |
5740 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; | |
5741 | break; | |
5742 | case 24: | |
5743 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; | |
5744 | break; | |
5745 | case 32: | |
5746 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; | |
5747 | break; | |
5748 | case 64: | |
5749 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; | |
5750 | break; | |
5751 | default: | |
5752 | goto fail; | |
5753 | } | |
5754 | ||
5755 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
5756 | ||
5757 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) | |
5758 | { | |
5759 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) | |
5760 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; | |
5761 | else | |
5762 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ | |
5763 | } | |
5764 | } | |
5765 | else | |
5766 | { | |
5767 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
5768 | { | |
5769 | case 8: | |
5770 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; | |
5771 | break; | |
5772 | case 14: | |
5773 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; | |
5774 | break; | |
5775 | case 16: | |
5776 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; | |
5777 | break; | |
5778 | case 26: | |
5779 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; | |
5780 | break; | |
5781 | case 32: | |
5782 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; | |
5783 | break; | |
5784 | case 64: | |
5785 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; | |
5786 | break; | |
5787 | default: | |
5788 | goto fail; | |
5789 | } | |
5790 | ||
5791 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
5792 | } | |
5793 | ||
5794 | if (howto) | |
5795 | areloc->howto = howto; | |
5796 | else | |
5797 | goto fail; | |
5798 | } | |
5799 | ||
5800 | return true; | |
5801 | ||
5802 | fail: | |
5803 | (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
5804 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"), | |
5805 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name); | |
5806 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
5807 | return false; | |
5808 | } | |
5809 | ||
5810 | boolean | |
5811 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd) | |
5812 | bfd *abfd; | |
5813 | { | |
5814 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
5815 | { | |
5816 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) | |
5817 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
5818 | } | |
5819 | ||
5820 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); | |
5821 | } | |
5822 | ||
5823 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY | |
5824 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity | |
5825 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing | |
5826 | this reloc. */ | |
5827 | ||
5828 | bfd_reloc_status_type | |
5829 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (abfd, re, symbol, data, is, obfd, errmsg) | |
5830 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5831 | arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5832 | struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5833 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5834 | asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5835 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5836 | char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5837 | { | |
5838 | return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
5839 | } | |
5840 | \f | |
5841 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native | |
5842 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the | |
5843 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick | |
5844 | out details about the corefile. */ | |
5845 | ||
5846 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H | |
5847 | # include <sys/procfs.h> | |
5848 | #endif | |
5849 | ||
5850 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ | |
5851 | ||
5852 | static int | |
5853 | elfcore_make_pid (abfd) | |
5854 | bfd *abfd; | |
5855 | { | |
5856 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16) | |
5857 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid)); | |
5858 | } | |
5859 | ||
5860 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using | |
5861 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a | |
5862 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or | |
5863 | overwrite it. */ | |
5864 | ||
5865 | static boolean | |
5866 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect) | |
5867 | bfd *abfd; | |
5868 | char *name; | |
5869 | asection *sect; | |
5870 | { | |
5871 | asection *sect2; | |
5872 | ||
5873 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) | |
5874 | return true; | |
5875 | ||
5876 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
5877 | if (sect2 == NULL) | |
5878 | return false; | |
5879 | ||
5880 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size; | |
5881 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; | |
5882 | sect2->flags = sect->flags; | |
5883 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; | |
5884 | return true; | |
5885 | } | |
5886 | ||
5887 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This | |
5888 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: | |
5889 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless | |
5890 | such a section already exists. | |
5891 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where | |
5892 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). | |
5893 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ | |
5894 | boolean | |
5895 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, size, filepos) | |
5896 | bfd *abfd; | |
5897 | char *name; | |
5898 | size_t size; | |
5899 | ufile_ptr filepos; | |
5900 | { | |
5901 | char buf[100]; | |
5902 | char *threaded_name; | |
5903 | asection *sect; | |
5904 | ||
5905 | /* Build the section name. */ | |
5906 | ||
5907 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
5908 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); | |
5909 | if (threaded_name == NULL) | |
5910 | return false; | |
5911 | strcpy (threaded_name, buf); | |
5912 | ||
5913 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, threaded_name); | |
5914 | if (sect == NULL) | |
5915 | return false; | |
5916 | sect->_raw_size = size; | |
5917 | sect->filepos = filepos; | |
5918 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
5919 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
5920 | ||
5921 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); | |
5922 | } | |
5923 | ||
5924 | /* prstatus_t exists on: | |
5925 | solaris 2.5+ | |
5926 | linux 2.[01] + glibc | |
5927 | unixware 4.2 | |
5928 | */ | |
5929 | ||
5930 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
5931 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prstatus PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
5932 | ||
5933 | static boolean | |
5934 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note) | |
5935 | bfd *abfd; | |
5936 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
5937 | { | |
5938 | size_t raw_size; | |
5939 | int offset; | |
5940 | ||
5941 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) | |
5942 | { | |
5943 | prstatus_t prstat; | |
5944 | ||
5945 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); | |
5946 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); | |
5947 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); | |
5948 | ||
5949 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it | |
5950 | has already been set by another thread. */ | |
5951 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) | |
5952 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; | |
5953 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
5954 | ||
5955 | /* pr_who exists on: | |
5956 | solaris 2.5+ | |
5957 | unixware 4.2 | |
5958 | pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
5959 | linux 2.[01] | |
5960 | */ | |
5961 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) | |
5962 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; | |
5963 | #endif | |
5964 | } | |
5965 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) | |
5966 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) | |
5967 | { | |
5968 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
5969 | prstatus32_t prstat; | |
5970 | ||
5971 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); | |
5972 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); | |
5973 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); | |
5974 | ||
5975 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it | |
5976 | has already been set by another thread. */ | |
5977 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) | |
5978 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; | |
5979 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
5980 | ||
5981 | /* pr_who exists on: | |
5982 | solaris 2.5+ | |
5983 | unixware 4.2 | |
5984 | pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
5985 | linux 2.[01] | |
5986 | */ | |
5987 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) | |
5988 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; | |
5989 | #endif | |
5990 | } | |
5991 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ | |
5992 | else | |
5993 | { | |
5994 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
5995 | note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
5996 | return true; | |
5997 | } | |
5998 | ||
5999 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ | |
6000 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", | |
6001 | raw_size, note->descpos + offset); | |
6002 | } | |
6003 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ | |
6004 | ||
6005 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ | |
6006 | static boolean | |
6007 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, name, note) | |
6008 | bfd *abfd; | |
6009 | char *name; | |
6010 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6011 | { | |
6012 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, | |
6013 | note->descsz, note->descpos); | |
6014 | } | |
6015 | ||
6016 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, | |
6017 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this | |
6018 | data structure apart. */ | |
6019 | ||
6020 | static boolean | |
6021 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note) | |
6022 | bfd *abfd; | |
6023 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6024 | { | |
6025 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
6026 | } | |
6027 | ||
6028 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note | |
6029 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents | |
6030 | literally. */ | |
6031 | ||
6032 | static boolean | |
6033 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note) | |
6034 | bfd *abfd; | |
6035 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6036 | { | |
6037 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); | |
6038 | } | |
6039 | ||
6040 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) | |
6041 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; | |
6042 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ | |
6043 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; | |
6044 | #endif | |
6045 | #endif | |
6046 | ||
6047 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
6048 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; | |
6049 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ | |
6050 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; | |
6051 | #endif | |
6052 | #endif | |
6053 | ||
6054 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at | |
6055 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. | |
6056 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ | |
6057 | ||
6058 | char * | |
6059 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, start, max) | |
6060 | bfd *abfd; | |
6061 | char *start; | |
6062 | size_t max; | |
6063 | { | |
6064 | char *dups; | |
6065 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); | |
6066 | size_t len; | |
6067 | ||
6068 | if (end == NULL) | |
6069 | len = max; | |
6070 | else | |
6071 | len = end - start; | |
6072 | ||
6073 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len + 1); | |
6074 | if (dups == NULL) | |
6075 | return NULL; | |
6076 | ||
6077 | memcpy (dups, start, len); | |
6078 | dups[len] = '\0'; | |
6079 | ||
6080 | return dups; | |
6081 | } | |
6082 | ||
6083 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
6084 | static boolean elfcore_grok_psinfo PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
6085 | ||
6086 | static boolean | |
6087 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note) | |
6088 | bfd *abfd; | |
6089 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6090 | { | |
6091 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) | |
6092 | { | |
6093 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; | |
6094 | ||
6095 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); | |
6096 | ||
6097 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program | |
6098 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, | |
6099 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
6100 | ||
6101 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | |
6102 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, | |
6103 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
6104 | } | |
6105 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) | |
6106 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) | |
6107 | { | |
6108 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
6109 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; | |
6110 | ||
6111 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); | |
6112 | ||
6113 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program | |
6114 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, | |
6115 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
6116 | ||
6117 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | |
6118 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, | |
6119 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
6120 | } | |
6121 | #endif | |
6122 | ||
6123 | else | |
6124 | { | |
6125 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
6126 | note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
6127 | return true; | |
6128 | } | |
6129 | ||
6130 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked | |
6131 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) | |
6132 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ | |
6133 | ||
6134 | { | |
6135 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; | |
6136 | int n = strlen (command); | |
6137 | ||
6138 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') | |
6139 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; | |
6140 | } | |
6141 | ||
6142 | return true; | |
6143 | } | |
6144 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ | |
6145 | ||
6146 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
6147 | static boolean | |
6148 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note) | |
6149 | bfd *abfd; | |
6150 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6151 | { | |
6152 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) | |
6153 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) | |
6154 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) | |
6155 | #endif | |
6156 | ) | |
6157 | { | |
6158 | pstatus_t pstat; | |
6159 | ||
6160 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); | |
6161 | ||
6162 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; | |
6163 | } | |
6164 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) | |
6165 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) | |
6166 | { | |
6167 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
6168 | pstatus32_t pstat; | |
6169 | ||
6170 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); | |
6171 | ||
6172 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; | |
6173 | } | |
6174 | #endif | |
6175 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" | |
6176 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an | |
6177 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ | |
6178 | ||
6179 | return true; | |
6180 | } | |
6181 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ | |
6182 | ||
6183 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
6184 | static boolean | |
6185 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note) | |
6186 | bfd *abfd; | |
6187 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6188 | { | |
6189 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; | |
6190 | char buf[100]; | |
6191 | char *name; | |
6192 | asection *sect; | |
6193 | ||
6194 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) | |
6195 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) | |
6196 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) | |
6197 | #endif | |
6198 | ) | |
6199 | return true; | |
6200 | ||
6201 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
6202 | ||
6203 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; | |
6204 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; | |
6205 | ||
6206 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ | |
6207 | ||
6208 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
6209 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); | |
6210 | if (name == NULL) | |
6211 | return false; | |
6212 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
6213 | ||
6214 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
6215 | if (sect == NULL) | |
6216 | return false; | |
6217 | ||
6218 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
6219 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
6220 | sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
6221 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
6222 | #endif | |
6223 | ||
6224 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) | |
6225 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); | |
6226 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); | |
6227 | #endif | |
6228 | ||
6229 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
6230 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
6231 | ||
6232 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
6233 | return false; | |
6234 | ||
6235 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ | |
6236 | ||
6237 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
6238 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); | |
6239 | if (name == NULL) | |
6240 | return false; | |
6241 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
6242 | ||
6243 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
6244 | if (sect == NULL) | |
6245 | return false; | |
6246 | ||
6247 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
6248 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
6249 | sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
6250 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
6251 | #endif | |
6252 | ||
6253 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) | |
6254 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); | |
6255 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); | |
6256 | #endif | |
6257 | ||
6258 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
6259 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
6260 | ||
6261 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); | |
6262 | } | |
6263 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ | |
6264 | ||
6265 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) | |
6266 | static boolean | |
6267 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note) | |
6268 | bfd *abfd; | |
6269 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6270 | { | |
6271 | char buf[30]; | |
6272 | char *name; | |
6273 | asection *sect; | |
6274 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus; | |
6275 | ||
6276 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus)) | |
6277 | return true; | |
6278 | ||
6279 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, note->descsz); | |
6280 | ||
6281 | switch (pstatus.data_type) | |
6282 | { | |
6283 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: | |
6284 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ | |
6285 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal; | |
6286 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid; | |
6287 | break; | |
6288 | ||
6289 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: | |
6290 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ | |
6291 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid); | |
6292 | ||
6293 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); | |
6294 | if (name == NULL) | |
6295 | return false; | |
6296 | ||
6297 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
6298 | ||
6299 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
6300 | if (sect == NULL) | |
6301 | return false; | |
6302 | ||
6303 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context); | |
6304 | sect->filepos = (note->descpos | |
6305 | + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus, | |
6306 | data.thread_info.thread_context)); | |
6307 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
6308 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
6309 | ||
6310 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread) | |
6311 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
6312 | return false; | |
6313 | break; | |
6314 | ||
6315 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: | |
6316 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ | |
6317 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address); | |
6318 | ||
6319 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); | |
6320 | if (name == NULL) | |
6321 | return false; | |
6322 | ||
6323 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
6324 | ||
6325 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
6326 | ||
6327 | if (sect == NULL) | |
6328 | return false; | |
6329 | ||
6330 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; | |
6331 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
6332 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
6333 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
6334 | break; | |
6335 | ||
6336 | default: | |
6337 | return true; | |
6338 | } | |
6339 | ||
6340 | return true; | |
6341 | } | |
6342 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */ | |
6343 | ||
6344 | static boolean | |
6345 | elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note) | |
6346 | bfd *abfd; | |
6347 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6348 | { | |
6349 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
6350 | ||
6351 | switch (note->type) | |
6352 | { | |
6353 | default: | |
6354 | return true; | |
6355 | ||
6356 | case NT_PRSTATUS: | |
6357 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) | |
6358 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) | |
6359 | return true; | |
6360 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
6361 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); | |
6362 | #else | |
6363 | return true; | |
6364 | #endif | |
6365 | ||
6366 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
6367 | case NT_PSTATUS: | |
6368 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); | |
6369 | #endif | |
6370 | ||
6371 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
6372 | case NT_LWPSTATUS: | |
6373 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); | |
6374 | #endif | |
6375 | ||
6376 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ | |
6377 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); | |
6378 | ||
6379 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) | |
6380 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: | |
6381 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); | |
6382 | #endif | |
6383 | ||
6384 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ | |
6385 | if (note->namesz == 5 | |
6386 | && ! strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX")) | |
6387 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); | |
6388 | else | |
6389 | return true; | |
6390 | ||
6391 | case NT_PRPSINFO: | |
6392 | case NT_PSINFO: | |
6393 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) | |
6394 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) | |
6395 | return true; | |
6396 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
6397 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); | |
6398 | #else | |
6399 | return true; | |
6400 | #endif | |
6401 | } | |
6402 | } | |
6403 | ||
6404 | static boolean | |
6405 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, lwpidp) | |
6406 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6407 | int *lwpidp; | |
6408 | { | |
6409 | char *cp; | |
6410 | ||
6411 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); | |
6412 | if (cp != NULL) | |
6413 | { | |
6414 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp); | |
6415 | return true; | |
6416 | } | |
6417 | return false; | |
6418 | } | |
6419 | ||
6420 | static boolean | |
6421 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note) | |
6422 | bfd *abfd; | |
6423 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6424 | { | |
6425 | ||
6426 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ | |
6427 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal | |
6428 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); | |
6429 | ||
6430 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ | |
6431 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid | |
6432 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); | |
6433 | ||
6434 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ | |
6435 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | |
6436 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); | |
6437 | ||
6438 | return true; | |
6439 | } | |
6440 | ||
6441 | static boolean | |
6442 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, note) | |
6443 | bfd *abfd; | |
6444 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
6445 | { | |
6446 | int lwp; | |
6447 | ||
6448 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) | |
6449 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp; | |
6450 | ||
6451 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) | |
6452 | { | |
6453 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to | |
6454 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, | |
6455 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it | |
6456 | creates a core file. */ | |
6457 | ||
6458 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); | |
6459 | } | |
6460 | ||
6461 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes | |
6462 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less | |
6463 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't | |
6464 | understand it. */ | |
6465 | ||
6466 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) | |
6467 | return true; | |
6468 | ||
6469 | ||
6470 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
6471 | { | |
6472 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and | |
6473 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ | |
6474 | ||
6475 | case bfd_arch_alpha: | |
6476 | case bfd_arch_sparc: | |
6477 | switch (note->type) | |
6478 | { | |
6479 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: | |
6480 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
6481 | ||
6482 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: | |
6483 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
6484 | ||
6485 | default: | |
6486 | return true; | |
6487 | } | |
6488 | ||
6489 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and | |
6490 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ | |
6491 | ||
6492 | default: | |
6493 | switch (note->type) | |
6494 | { | |
6495 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: | |
6496 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
6497 | ||
6498 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: | |
6499 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
6500 | ||
6501 | default: | |
6502 | return true; | |
6503 | } | |
6504 | } | |
6505 | /* NOTREACHED */ | |
6506 | } | |
6507 | ||
6508 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note | |
6509 | ||
6510 | Inputs: | |
6511 | buffer to hold note | |
6512 | name of note | |
6513 | type of note | |
6514 | data for note | |
6515 | size of data for note | |
6516 | ||
6517 | Return: | |
6518 | End of buffer containing note. */ | |
6519 | ||
6520 | char * | |
6521 | elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, name, type, input, size) | |
6522 | bfd *abfd; | |
6523 | char *buf; | |
6524 | int *bufsiz; | |
6525 | char *name; | |
6526 | int type; | |
6527 | void *input; | |
6528 | int size; | |
6529 | { | |
6530 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; | |
6531 | int namesz = strlen (name); | |
6532 | int newspace = BFD_ALIGN (sizeof (Elf_External_Note) + size + namesz - 1, 4); | |
6533 | char *p, *dest; | |
6534 | ||
6535 | p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); | |
6536 | dest = p + *bufsiz; | |
6537 | *bufsiz += newspace; | |
6538 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; | |
6539 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); | |
6540 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); | |
6541 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); | |
6542 | strcpy (xnp->name, name); | |
6543 | memcpy (xnp->name + BFD_ALIGN (namesz, 4), input, size); | |
6544 | return p; | |
6545 | } | |
6546 | ||
6547 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
6548 | char * | |
6549 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (abfd, buf, bufsiz, fname, psargs) | |
6550 | bfd *abfd; | |
6551 | char *buf; | |
6552 | int *bufsiz; | |
6553 | char *fname; | |
6554 | char *psargs; | |
6555 | { | |
6556 | int note_type; | |
6557 | char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
6558 | ||
6559 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
6560 | psinfo_t data; | |
6561 | note_type = NT_PSINFO; | |
6562 | #else | |
6563 | prpsinfo_t data; | |
6564 | note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; | |
6565 | #endif | |
6566 | ||
6567 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); | |
6568 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); | |
6569 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); | |
6570 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
6571 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); | |
6572 | } | |
6573 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ | |
6574 | ||
6575 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
6576 | char * | |
6577 | elfcore_write_prstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs) | |
6578 | bfd *abfd; | |
6579 | char *buf; | |
6580 | int *bufsiz; | |
6581 | long pid; | |
6582 | int cursig; | |
6583 | void *gregs; | |
6584 | { | |
6585 | prstatus_t prstat; | |
6586 | char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
6587 | ||
6588 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); | |
6589 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; | |
6590 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; | |
6591 | memcpy (prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); | |
6592 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
6593 | note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); | |
6594 | } | |
6595 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ | |
6596 | ||
6597 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
6598 | char * | |
6599 | elfcore_write_pstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs) | |
6600 | bfd *abfd; | |
6601 | char *buf; | |
6602 | int *bufsiz; | |
6603 | long pid; | |
6604 | int cursig; | |
6605 | void *gregs; | |
6606 | { | |
6607 | pstatus_t pstat; | |
6608 | char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
6609 | ||
6610 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); | |
6611 | pstat.pr_pid = pid; | |
6612 | memcpy (pstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (pstat.pr_reg)); | |
6613 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
6614 | note_name, NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); | |
6615 | } | |
6616 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ | |
6617 | ||
6618 | char * | |
6619 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, fpregs, size) | |
6620 | bfd *abfd; | |
6621 | char *buf; | |
6622 | int *bufsiz; | |
6623 | void *fpregs; | |
6624 | int size; | |
6625 | { | |
6626 | char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
6627 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
6628 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); | |
6629 | } | |
6630 | ||
6631 | char * | |
6632 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, xfpregs, size) | |
6633 | bfd *abfd; | |
6634 | char *buf; | |
6635 | int *bufsiz; | |
6636 | void *xfpregs; | |
6637 | int size; | |
6638 | { | |
6639 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
6640 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
6641 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); | |
6642 | } | |
6643 | ||
6644 | static boolean | |
6645 | elfcore_read_notes (abfd, offset, size) | |
6646 | bfd *abfd; | |
6647 | file_ptr offset; | |
6648 | bfd_size_type size; | |
6649 | { | |
6650 | char *buf; | |
6651 | char *p; | |
6652 | ||
6653 | if (size <= 0) | |
6654 | return true; | |
6655 | ||
6656 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
6657 | return false; | |
6658 | ||
6659 | buf = bfd_malloc (size); | |
6660 | if (buf == NULL) | |
6661 | return false; | |
6662 | ||
6663 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) | |
6664 | { | |
6665 | error: | |
6666 | free (buf); | |
6667 | return false; | |
6668 | } | |
6669 | ||
6670 | p = buf; | |
6671 | while (p < buf + size) | |
6672 | { | |
6673 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ | |
6674 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; | |
6675 | Elf_Internal_Note in; | |
6676 | ||
6677 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); | |
6678 | ||
6679 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); | |
6680 | in.namedata = xnp->name; | |
6681 | ||
6682 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); | |
6683 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); | |
6684 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); | |
6685 | ||
6686 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0) | |
6687 | { | |
6688 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) | |
6689 | goto error; | |
6690 | } | |
6691 | else | |
6692 | { | |
6693 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) | |
6694 | goto error; | |
6695 | } | |
6696 | ||
6697 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); | |
6698 | } | |
6699 | ||
6700 | free (buf); | |
6701 | return true; | |
6702 | } | |
6703 | \f | |
6704 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ | |
6705 | ||
6706 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a | |
6707 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error | |
6708 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
6709 | ||
6710 | long | |
6711 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (abfd) | |
6712 | bfd *abfd; | |
6713 | { | |
6714 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
6715 | { | |
6716 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
6717 | return -1; | |
6718 | } | |
6719 | ||
6720 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); | |
6721 | } | |
6722 | ||
6723 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries | |
6724 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as | |
6725 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the | |
6726 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. | |
6727 | ||
6728 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an | |
6729 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
6730 | ||
6731 | int | |
6732 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (abfd, phdrs) | |
6733 | bfd *abfd; | |
6734 | void *phdrs; | |
6735 | { | |
6736 | int num_phdrs; | |
6737 | ||
6738 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
6739 | { | |
6740 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
6741 | return -1; | |
6742 | } | |
6743 | ||
6744 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
6745 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, | |
6746 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); | |
6747 | ||
6748 | return num_phdrs; | |
6749 | } | |
6750 | ||
6751 | void | |
6752 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, value) | |
6753 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
6754 | char *buf; | |
6755 | bfd_vma value; | |
6756 | { | |
6757 | #ifdef BFD64 | |
6758 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ | |
6759 | ||
6760 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
6761 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL) | |
6762 | sprintf_vma (buf, value); | |
6763 | else | |
6764 | { | |
6765 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) | |
6766 | { | |
6767 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG | |
6768 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); | |
6769 | #else | |
6770 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value), | |
6771 | _bfd_int64_low (value)); | |
6772 | #endif | |
6773 | } | |
6774 | else | |
6775 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); | |
6776 | } | |
6777 | #else | |
6778 | sprintf_vma (buf, value); | |
6779 | #endif | |
6780 | } | |
6781 | ||
6782 | void | |
6783 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (abfd, stream, value) | |
6784 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
6785 | PTR stream; | |
6786 | bfd_vma value; | |
6787 | { | |
6788 | #ifdef BFD64 | |
6789 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ | |
6790 | ||
6791 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
6792 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL) | |
6793 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); | |
6794 | else | |
6795 | { | |
6796 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) | |
6797 | { | |
6798 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG | |
6799 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); | |
6800 | #else | |
6801 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx", | |
6802 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value)); | |
6803 | #endif | |
6804 | } | |
6805 | else | |
6806 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx", | |
6807 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); | |
6808 | } | |
6809 | #else | |
6810 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); | |
6811 | #endif | |
6812 | } | |
6813 | ||
6814 | enum elf_reloc_type_class | |
6815 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (rela) | |
6816 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
6817 | { | |
6818 | return reloc_class_normal; | |
6819 | } | |
6820 | ||
6821 | /* For RELA architectures, return what the relocation value for | |
6822 | relocation against a local symbol. */ | |
6823 | ||
6824 | bfd_vma | |
6825 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (abfd, sym, sec, rel) | |
6826 | bfd *abfd; | |
6827 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; | |
6828 | asection *sec; | |
6829 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; | |
6830 | { | |
6831 | bfd_vma relocation; | |
6832 | ||
6833 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma | |
6834 | + sec->output_offset | |
6835 | + sym->st_value); | |
6836 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) | |
6837 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION | |
6838 | && elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) | |
6839 | { | |
6840 | asection *msec; | |
6841 | ||
6842 | msec = sec; | |
6843 | rel->r_addend = | |
6844 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &msec, | |
6845 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
6846 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend, | |
6847 | (bfd_vma) 0) | |
6848 | - relocation; | |
6849 | rel->r_addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; | |
6850 | } | |
6851 | return relocation; | |
6852 | } | |
6853 | ||
6854 | bfd_vma | |
6855 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, psec, addend) | |
6856 | bfd *abfd; | |
6857 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; | |
6858 | asection **psec; | |
6859 | bfd_vma addend; | |
6860 | { | |
6861 | asection *sec = *psec; | |
6862 | ||
6863 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) | |
6864 | return sym->st_value + addend; | |
6865 | ||
6866 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, | |
6867 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
6868 | sym->st_value + addend, (bfd_vma) 0); | |
6869 | } | |
6870 | ||
6871 | bfd_vma | |
6872 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset) | |
6873 | bfd *abfd; | |
6874 | struct bfd_link_info *info; | |
6875 | asection *sec; | |
6876 | bfd_vma offset; | |
6877 | { | |
6878 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data; | |
6879 | ||
6880 | sec_data = elf_section_data (sec); | |
6881 | switch (sec_data->sec_info_type) | |
6882 | { | |
6883 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS: | |
6884 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset | |
6885 | (abfd, &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info, sec, &sec_data->sec_info, | |
6886 | offset); | |
6887 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: | |
6888 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, sec, offset); | |
6889 | default: | |
6890 | return offset; | |
6891 | } | |
6892 | } |